FORM 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

OR

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                to                

 

Commission file number 001-16751

 

WELLPOINT, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Indiana   35-2145715
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
120 Monument Circle
Indianapolis, Indiana
  46204
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (317) 488-6000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

      

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01        New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  x  No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes  ¨  No  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  x  No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  x  No  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  x

  Accelerated filer  ¨

Non-accelerated filer  ¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  Smaller reporting company  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  ¨  No  x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant (assuming solely for the purposes of this calculation that all Directors and executive officers of the Registrant are “affiliates”) as of June 30, 2011 was approximately $28,438,177,057.

 

As of February 9, 2012, 334,748,569 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock were outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporates by reference information from the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 16, 2012.


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Annual Report on Form 10-K

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

Table of Contents

 

PART I

     

    ITEM 1.

   BUSINESS      3   

    ITEM 1A.

   RISK FACTORS      22   

    ITEM 1B.

   UNRESOLVED SEC STAFF COMMENTS      36   

    ITEM 2.

   PROPERTIES      36   

    ITEM 3.

   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS      36   

    ITEM 4.

   (REMOVED AND RESERVED)      36   

PART II

     

    ITEM 5.

   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES      37   

    ITEM 6.

   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA      40   

    ITEM 7.

   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS      41   

    ITEM 7A.

   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK      73   

    ITEM 8.

   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA      76   

    ITEM 9.

   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE      143   

    ITEM 9A.

   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES      143   

    ITEM 9B.

   OTHER INFORMATION      146   

PART III

     

    ITEM 10.

   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE      146   

    ITEM 11.

   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION      146   

    ITEM 12.

   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS      146   

    ITEM 13.

   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE      146   

    ITEM 14.

   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES      146   

PART IV

     

    ITEM 15.

   EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES      147   

SIGNATURES

     153   

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

     154   

 

1


Table of Contents

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, contains forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that reflect our views about future events and financial performance. When used in this report, the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “plan,” “believe,” “feel,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “intend” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are generally not historical in nature. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, financial projections and estimates and their underlying assumptions; statements regarding plans, objectives and expectations with respect to future operations, products and services; and statements regarding future performance. Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are difficult to predict and generally beyond our control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied or projected by, the forward-looking information and statements. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements that speak only as of the date hereof. You are also urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us, which attempt to advise interested parties of the factors that affect our business, including “Risk Factors” set forth in Part I, Item 1A. hereof and our reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, from time to time. Except to the extent otherwise required by federal securities laws, we do not undertake any obligation to republish revised forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

References in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” “WellPoint” or the “Company” refer to WellPoint, Inc., an Indiana corporation, and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, as the context requires.

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

 

General

 

We are one of the largest health benefits companies in terms of medical membership in the United States, serving 34.3 million medical members through our affiliated health plans and a total of 65.3 million individuals through all subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011. We are an independent licensee of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association, or BCBSA, an association of independent health benefit plans. We serve our members as the Blue Cross licensee for California and as the Blue Cross and Blue Shield, or BCBS, licensee for: Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri (excluding 30 counties in the Kansas City area), Nevada, New Hampshire, New York (as BCBS in 10 New York city metropolitan and surrounding counties, and as Blue Cross or BCBS in selected upstate counties only), Ohio, Virginia (excluding the Northern Virginia suburbs of Washington, D.C.), and Wisconsin. In a majority of these service areas we do business as Anthem Blue Cross, Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Georgia, Empire Blue Cross Blue Shield, or Empire Blue Cross (in our New York service areas). We also serve customers throughout the country as UniCare and in certain California, Arizona and Nevada markets through our recently acquired CareMore Health Group, Inc., or CareMore, subsidiary. We are licensed to conduct insurance operations in all 50 states through our subsidiaries.

 

Our mission is to improve the lives of the people we serve and the health of our communities. We strive to achieve our mission by creating the best health care value in our industry, excelling at day-to-day execution, and capitalizing on new opportunities to drive growth. By delivering on our mission, we expect to create greater value for our customers and shareholders.

 

We offer a broad spectrum of network-based managed care plans to the large and small employer, individual, Medicaid and senior markets. Our managed care plans include: preferred provider organizations, or PPOs; health maintenance organizations, or HMOs; point-of-service plans, or POS plans; traditional indemnity plans and other hybrid plans, including consumer-driven health plans, or CDHPs; and hospital only and limited benefit products. In addition, we provide a broad array of managed care services to self-funded customers, including claims processing, underwriting, stop loss insurance, actuarial services, provider network access, medical cost management, disease management, wellness programs and other administrative services. We also provide an array of specialty products and services including life and disability insurance benefits, dental, vision, behavioral health benefit services, radiology benefit management, analytics-driven personal health care guidance and long-term care insurance. Finally, we provide services to the Federal Government in connection with the Federal Employee Program, or FEP, and various Medicare programs.

 

On August 22, 2011, we completed our acquisition of CareMore. CareMore is a senior focused health care delivery Medicare Advantage program designed to deliver proactive, integrated, individualized health care. While CareMore currently provides services in select California, Arizona and Nevada markets, we expect to expand the CareMore operating model to other markets in future years. CareMore’s market leading programs and services provide members with quality care through a hands-on approach to care coordination, convenient neighborhood care centers and exercise facilities and intensive treatment of chronic conditions. This approach enhances our ability to create better health outcomes for seniors by engaging members both on the front end of our relationship, through comprehensive health screenings and enhanced preventive care, and throughout the spectrum of their health care needs. The acquisition of CareMore supports our strategic plans to capitalize on new opportunities for growth in the changing marketplace and to create the best health care value in our industry.

 

The increased focus on health care costs by employers, the government and consumers has continued to drive the growth of alternatives to traditional indemnity health insurance. HMO, PPO and hybrid plans, such as POS plans and CDHPs, are among the various forms of managed care products that have been developed.

 

3


Table of Contents

Through these types of products, insurers attempt to contain the cost of health care by negotiating contracts with hospitals, physicians and other providers to deliver health care to members at favorable rates. These products usually feature medical management and other quality and cost optimization measures such as pre-admission review and approval for certain non-emergency services, pre-authorization of outpatient surgical procedures, network credentialing to determine that network doctors and hospitals have the required certifications and expertise, and various levels of care management programs to help members better understand and navigate the medical system. In addition, providers may have incentives to achieve certain quality measures, may share medical cost risk or have other incentives to deliver quality medical services in a cost-effective manner. Also, certain plans offer members incentives for healthy behaviors, such as smoking cessation and weight management. Members are charged periodic, pre-paid premiums and generally pay co-payments, coinsurance and/or deductibles when they receive services. While the distinctions between the various types of plans have lessened over recent years, PPO, POS and CDHP products generally provide reduced benefits for out-of-network services, while traditional HMO products generally provide little to no reimbursement for non-emergency out-of-network utilization, but often offer more generous benefit coverage. An HMO plan may also require members to select one of the network primary care physicians to coordinate their care and approve any specialist or other services.

 

Economic factors and greater consumer awareness have resulted in the increasing popularity of products that offer larger, more extensive networks, more member choice related to coverage, physicians and hospitals, and a desire for greater flexibility for customers to assume larger deductibles and co-payments in return for lower premiums. CDHPs, which are relatively high deductible PPO products and are often paired with some type of member tax-advantaged health care expenditure account that can be used at the member’s discretion to help fund member out-of-pocket costs, help to meet this demand. CDHPs also usually incorporate member education, wellness, and care management programs to help customers make better informed health care decisions. We believe we are well-positioned in each of our regions to respond to these market preferences.

 

For our fully-insured products, we charge a premium and assume all of the health care risk. Under self-funded and partially-insured products, we charge a fee for services, and the employer or plan sponsor reimburses us for all or most of the health care costs.

 

Our medical membership includes seven different customer types:

 

   

Local Group

 

   

National Accounts

 

   

BlueCard®

 

   

Individual

 

   

Senior

 

   

State-Sponsored

 

   

FEP

 

BCBS-branded business generally refers to members in our service areas licensed by the BCBSA. Non-BCBS-branded business refers to members in our non-BCBS-branded UniCare and CareMore plans. In addition to the above medical membership, we also serve customers who purchase one or more of our other products or services that are often ancillary to our health business.

 

Our products are generally developed and marketed with an emphasis on the differing needs of our various customers. In particular, our product development and marketing efforts take into account the differing characteristics between the various customers served by us, as well as the unique needs of educational and public entities, labor groups, federal employee health and benefit programs, national employers and state-run programs servicing low-income, high-risk and under-served markets. Each business unit is responsible for product design, pricing, enrolling, underwriting and servicing customers in specific customer types. Overall, we seek to establish

 

4


Table of Contents

pricing and product designs to achieve an appropriate level of profitability for each of our customer categories balanced with the competitive objective to grow market share. We believe that one of the keys to our success has been our focus on these distinct customer types, which better enables us to develop benefit plans and services that meet our customers’ unique needs.

 

We market our products through an extensive network of independent agents and brokers for Individual and Senior customers, as well as for certain Local Group customers with a smaller employee base. Products for National Accounts and Local Group customers with a larger employee base are generally sold through independent brokers or consultants retained by the customer and working with industry specialists from our in-house sales force.

 

Each of the BCBS member companies, of which there were 39 independent primary licensees as of December 31, 2011, works cooperatively in a number of ways that create significant market advantages, especially when competing for very large multi-state employer groups. As a result of this cooperation, each BCBS member company is able to take advantage of other BCBS licensees’ substantial provider networks and discounts when any BCBS member works or travels outside of the state in which their policy is written. This program is referred to as BlueCard®, and is a source of revenue when we provide member services in the states where we are the BCBS licensee to individuals who are customers of BCBS plans not affiliated with us. This program also provides a national provider network for our members when they travel to other states.

 

For additional information describing each of our customer types, detailed marketing efforts and changes in medical membership over the last three years, see Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this Form 10-K.

 

Our results of operations depend in large part on accurately predicting health care costs and our ability to manage future health care costs through adequate product pricing, medical management, product design and negotiation of favorable provider contracts.

 

The aging of the population and other demographic characteristics and advances in medical technology continue to contribute to rising health care costs. Our managed care plans and products are designed to encourage providers and members to participate in quality, cost-effective health benefit programs by using the full range of our innovative medical management services, quality initiatives and financial incentives. Our leading market share and high business retention rates enable us to realize the long-term benefits of investing in preventive and early detection programs. Our ability to provide cost-effective health benefits products and services is enhanced through a disciplined approach to internal cost containment, prudent management of our risk exposure and successful integration of acquired businesses. In addition, our ability to manage selling, general and administrative costs continues to be an increasing driver of our overall profitability.

 

Our future results of operations will also be impacted by certain external forces and resulting changes in our business model and strategy. In 2010, the U.S. Congress passed and the President signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, as well as the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or HCERA, or collectively, Health Care Reform, which represents significant changes to the current U.S. health care system. The legislation is far-reaching and is intended to expand access to health insurance coverage over time by increasing the eligibility thresholds for most state Medicaid programs and providing certain other individuals and small businesses with tax credits to subsidize a portion of the cost of health insurance coverage. As a result of the complexity of the law, its impacts on health care in the United States and the continuing modification and interpretation of Health Care Reform’s rules, we cannot currently estimate the ultimate impact of Health Care Reform on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations. For additional discussion, see “Regulation,” herein and Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.

 

In addition to the external forces discussed in the preceding paragraph, our results of operations are impacted by levels and mix of membership. Since 2008, we experienced membership declines due to unfavorable economic conditions driving increased unemployment. During 2011, this trend reversed and our overall

 

5


Table of Contents

membership increased. However, we expect unemployment levels will remain high throughout 2012, which will likely impact our ability to maintain current membership levels. In addition, we believe the self-insured portion of our group membership base will continue to increase as a percentage of total group membership. These membership trends could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this Form 10-K.

 

We continue to believe health care is local and feel that we have the strong local presence required to understand and meet local customer needs. We believe we are well-positioned to deliver what customers want: innovative, choice-based and affordable products; distinctive service; simplified transactions; and better access to information for quality care. Our local presence, combined with our national expertise, have created opportunities for collaborative programs that reward physicians and hospitals for clinical quality and excellence. We feel that our commitment to health improvement and care management provides added value to customers and health care professionals. We believe that an essential ingredient for practical and sustainable improvements in health care is raising health care quality while managing costs for total cost affordability. We have identified solutions that we believe will deliver better health care while reducing costs. These include driving innovation in paying and partnering with providers to compel improved cost, quality and health along with finding new, effective ways to manage risk and engage the member as a consumer. In addition, we seek to achieve efficiencies from our national scale while optimizing service performance for our customers. Finally, we seek to continue to rationalize our portfolio of businesses and products, and align our investments to capitalize on new opportunities to drive growth in both our existing and new markets in the future.

 

We continue to enhance interactions with customers, brokers, agents, employees and other stakeholders through web-enabled technology and improving internal operations. Our approach includes not only sales and distribution of health benefits products on the Internet, but also implementation of advanced capabilities that improve service benefiting customers, agents, brokers, and providers while optimizing administrative costs. These enhancements will also help improve the quality, coordination and safety of health care through increased communications between patients and their physicians.

 

We intend to continue pursuing our mission to improve the lives of the people we serve and the health of our communities, while driving growth in both existing and new markets, including expansion of the CareMore operating model. At the same time, we will focus on earnings per share, or EPS, growth through organic membership gains, improvements in our operating cost structure, strategic acquisitions and efficient use of capital.

 

Significant Events

 

The more significant events that have occurred over the last five years that have impacted or will impact our capital structure or that have or will influence how we conduct our business operations include:

 

   

Use of Capital—Board of Directors declaration of dividends on common stock (2011) and authorization for repurchases of our common stock (2011 and prior)

 

   

Acquisition of CareMore, as previously described (2011)

 

   

Sale of our pharmacy benefits management, or PBM, business to Express Scripts, Inc., or Express Scripts (2009)

 

   

Acquisition of DeCare Dental, LLC, or DeCare (2009)

 

   

Acquisition of Imaging Management Holdings, LLC, and subsidiary, American Imaging Management, Inc., or AIM (2007)

 

For additional information regarding these events, see Note 3, “Business Combinations and Divestitures,” and Note 15, “Capital Stock,” to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in this Form 10-K.

 

6


Table of Contents

Competition

 

The managed care industry is highly competitive, both nationally and in our regional markets. Competition continues to be intense due to aggressive marketing, business consolidations, a proliferation of new products and increased quality awareness and price sensitivity among customers.

 

Health benefits industry participants compete for customers mainly on the following factors:

 

   

quality of service;

 

   

access to provider networks;

 

   

access to care management and wellness programs, including health information;

 

   

innovation, breadth and flexibility of products and benefits;

 

   

reputation (including National Committee on Quality Assurance, or NCQA, accreditation status);

 

   

brand recognition;

 

   

price; and

 

   

financial stability.

 

Over the last few years, a health plan’s ability to interact with employers, members and other third parties (including health care professionals) via the Internet has become a more important competitive factor and we have made significant investments in technology to enhance our electronic interaction with providers, employers, members and third parties.

 

We believe our exclusive right to market products under the most recognized brand in the industry, BCBS, in our most significant markets provides us with an advantage over our competition. Our provider networks in our markets enable us to achieve cost-efficiencies and distinctive service levels enabling us to offer a broad range of health benefits to our customers on a more cost-effective basis than many of our competitors. We strive to distinguish our products through provider access, service, care management, product value and brand recognition.

 

To build our provider networks, we compete with other health benefits plans for the best contracts with hospitals, physicians and other providers. We believe that physicians and other providers primarily consider member volume, reimbursement rates, timeliness of reimbursement and administrative service capabilities along with the reduction of non-value added administrative tasks when deciding whether to contract with a health benefits plan.

 

At the sales and distribution level, we compete for qualified agents and brokers to recommend and distribute our products. Strong competition exists among insurance companies and health benefits plans for agents and brokers with demonstrated ability to secure new business and maintain existing accounts. We believe that quality and price of our products, support services, reputation and prior relationships, along with a reasonable commission structure are the factors agents and brokers consider in choosing whether to market our products. We believe that we have good relationships with our agents and brokers, and that our products, support services and commission structure compare favorably to our competitors in all of our markets. Typically we are the lead competitor in each of our markets and, thus, are a closely watched target by other insurance competitors.

 

Reportable Segments

 

We manage our operations through three reportable segments: Commercial, Consumer, and Other.

 

Our Commercial and Consumer segments both offer a diversified mix of managed care products, including PPOs, HMOs, traditional indemnity benefits and POS plans, as well as a variety of hybrid benefit plans including CDHPs, hospital only and limited benefit products.

 

7


Table of Contents

Our Commercial segment includes Local Group (including UniCare), National Accounts and certain other ancillary business operations (dental, vision, life and disability and workers’ compensation). Business units in the Commercial segment offer fully-insured products and provide a broad array of managed care services to self-funded customers, including claims processing, underwriting, stop loss insurance, actuarial services, provider network access, medical cost management, disease management, wellness programs and other administrative services.

 

Our Consumer segment includes Senior, State-Sponsored and Individual businesses. Our Senior business includes services such as Medicare Advantage (including private fee-for-service plans and special needs plans), Medicare Part D, and Medicare Supplement, while our State-Sponsored business includes our managed care alternatives for Medicaid and State Children’s Health Insurance Plan programs. Individual business includes individual customers under age 65 and their covered dependents.

 

Our Other segment includes the Comprehensive Health Solutions business unit, or CHS, that brings together our resources focused on optimizing the quality of health care, the clinical consumer experience and cost of care management. CHS included our PBM business until its sale to Express Scripts on December 1, 2009, and also includes provider relations, care and disease management, employee assistance programs, including behavioral health, radiology benefit management and analytics-driven, evidence based personal health care guidance. Our Other segment also includes results from our Federal Government Solutions, or FGS, business. FGS business includes FEP and National Government Services, Inc., or NGS, which acts as a Medicare contractor in several regions across the nation. The Other segment also includes other businesses that do not meet the quantitative thresholds for an operating segment as defined in Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, guidance for disclosure about segments of an enterprise and related information, as well as intersegment sales and expense eliminations and corporate expenses not allocated to the other reportable segments.

 

Through our participation in various federal government programs, we generated approximately 23%, 22% and 19% of our total consolidated revenues from agencies of the U.S. government for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. These revenues are contained in the Consumer and Other segments.

 

For additional information regarding the operating results of our segments, see Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 20, “Segment Information,” to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in this Form 10-K.

 

Products and Services

 

A general description of our products and services is provided below:

 

Preferred Provider Organization.    PPO products offer the member an option to select any health care provider, with benefits reimbursed by us at a higher level when care is received from a participating network provider. Coverage is subject to co-payments or deductibles and coinsurance, with member cost sharing usually limited by out-of-pocket maximums.

 

Consumer-Driven Health Plans.    CDHPs provide consumers with increased financial responsibility, choice and control regarding how their health care dollars are spent. Generally, CDHPs combine a high-deductible PPO plan with an employer-funded and/or employee-funded personal care account, which may result in tax benefits to the employee. Some or all of the dollars remaining in the personal care account at year-end can be rolled over to the next year for future health care needs.

 

Traditional Indemnity.    Indemnity products offer the member an option to select any health care provider for covered services. Coverage is subject to deductibles and coinsurance, with member cost sharing usually limited by out-of-pocket maximums.

 

8


Table of Contents

Health Maintenance Organization.    HMO products include comprehensive managed care benefits, generally through a participating network of physicians, hospitals and other providers. A member in one of our HMOs must typically select a primary care physician, or PCP, from our network. PCPs generally are family practitioners, internists or pediatricians who provide necessary preventive and primary medical care, and are generally responsible for coordinating other necessary health care services. We offer HMO plans with varying levels of co-payments, which result in different levels of premium rates.

 

Point-of-Service.    POS products blend the characteristics of HMO, PPO and indemnity plans. Members can have comprehensive HMO-style benefits through participating network providers with minimum out-of-pocket expenses (co-payments) and also can go directly, without a referral, to any provider they choose, subject to, among other things, certain deductibles and coinsurance. Member cost sharing is limited by out-of-pocket maximums.

 

Administrative Services.    In addition to fully-insured products, we provide administrative services to large group employers that maintain self-funded health plans. These administrative services include underwriting, actuarial services, medical management, claims processing and other administrative services for self-funded employers. Self-funded health plans are also able to use our provider networks and to realize savings through our negotiated provider arrangements, while allowing employers the ability to design certain health benefit plans in accordance with their own requirements and objectives. We also underwrite stop loss insurance for self-funded plans.

 

BlueCard®.    BlueCard® host members are generally members who reside in or travel to a state in which a WellPoint subsidiary is the Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield licensee and who are covered under an employer sponsored health plan serviced by a non-WellPoint controlled BCBS licensee, who is the “home” plan. We perform certain administrative functions for BlueCard® host members, for which we receive administrative fees from the BlueCard® members’ home plans. Other administrative functions, including maintenance of enrollment information and customer service, are performed by the home plan.

 

Senior Plans.    We offer a wide variety of senior plans, products and options such as Medicare supplement plans, Medicare Advantage (including private fee-for-service plans and special needs plans) and Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plans, or Medicare Part D. Medicare supplement plans typically pay the difference between health care costs incurred by a beneficiary and amounts paid by Medicare. Medicare Advantage plans provide Medicare beneficiaries with a managed care alternative to traditional Medicare and often include a Medicare Part D benefit. In addition, our Medicare Advantage special needs plans provide Medicare beneficiaries who have chronic diseases and conditions with tailored benefits designed to meet their unique needs. Medicare Part D offers a prescription drug plan to Medicare and dual eligible (Medicare and Medicaid) beneficiaries. We offer these plans to customers through our health benefit subsidiaries throughout the country, including CareMore.

 

Individual Plans.    We offer a full range of health insurance plans with a variety of options and deductibles for individuals under age 65 who are not covered by employer-sponsored coverage. Some of our products target certain demographic populations such as uninsured younger individuals between the ages of 19 and 29, families and those transitioning between jobs or early retirees.

 

Medicaid Plans and Other State-Sponsored Programs.    We have contracts to serve members enrolled in Medicaid, State Children’s Health Insurance programs and other publicly funded health care programs for low income and/or high medical risk individuals. We provide services in California, Indiana, Kansas, Massachusetts, New York, South Carolina, Texas, Virginia, West Virginia and Wisconsin.

 

Pharmacy Products.    We market and sell an integrated prescription drug product to both fully-insured and self-funded customers through our health benefit subsidiaries throughout the country. This comprehensive product includes features such as drug formularies, a pharmacy network and maintenance of a prescription drug database and mail order capabilities. Since December 1, 2009, we have delegated certain functions and

 

9


Table of Contents

administrative services related to our integrated prescription drug products to Express Scripts, under a ten year contract. Express Scripts manages the network of pharmacy providers, operates mail order pharmacies and processes prescription drug claims on our behalf, while we sell and support the product for clients, make formulary decisions and set drug benefit design strategy and provide front line member support.

 

Life Insurance.    We offer an array of competitive individual and group life insurance benefit products to both large and small group customers in conjunction with our health plans. The life products include term life and accidental death and dismemberment.

 

Disability.    We offer short-term and long-term disability programs, usually in conjunction with our health plans.

 

Behavioral Health.    We offer specialized behavioral health plans and benefit management. These plans cover mental health and substance abuse treatment services on both an inpatient and an outpatient basis. We have implemented employee assistance and behavioral managed care programs for a wide variety of businesses throughout the United States. These programs are offered through our subsidiaries.

 

Radiology Benefit Management.    We offer outpatient diagnostic imaging management services to health plans. These services include utilization management for advanced diagnostic imaging procedures, network development and optimization, patient safety, claims adjudication and provider payment.

 

Personal Health Care Guidance.    We offer leading evidence based and analytics-driven personal health care guidance. These services help improve the quality, coordination and safety of health care, enhance communications between patients and their physicians, and reduce medical costs.

 

Dental.    Our dental plans include networks in certain states in which we operate. Many of the dental benefits are provided to customers enrolled in our health plans and are offered on both a fully-insured and self-funded basis. Our members also have access to additional dental providers through our participation in the National Dental GRID, a national dental network developed by and for BCBS plans. The National Dental GRID includes dentists in all 50 states and provides multi-state customers with a national solution providing in-network discounts across the country. Additionally, we offer managed dental services to other health care plans to assist those other health care plans in providing dental benefits to their customers.

 

Vision Services.    Our vision plans include networks within the states where we operate. Many of the vision benefits are provided to customers enrolled in our health plans and are offered on both a fully-insured and self-funded basis.

 

Long-Term Care Insurance.    We offer long-term care insurance products to our California members through a subsidiary. The long-term care products include tax-qualified and non-tax qualified versions of a skilled nursing home care plan and comprehensive policies covering skilled, intermediate and custodial long-term care and home health services.

 

Medicare Administrative Operations.    Through our subsidiary, NGS, we serve as a fiscal intermediary, carrier and Medicare administrative contractor providing administrative services for the Medicare program, which generally provides coverage for persons who are 65 or older and for persons who are disabled or with end-stage renal disease. Part A of the Medicare program provides coverage for services provided by hospitals, skilled nursing facilities and other health care facilities. Part B of the Medicare program provides coverage for services provided by physicians, physical and occupational therapists and other professional providers, as well as certain durable medical equipment and medical supplies.

 

10


Table of Contents

Networks and Provider Relations

 

Our relationships with physicians, hospitals and professionals that provide health care services to our members are guided by regional and national standards for network development, reimbursement and contract methodologies.

 

We attempt to provide “market-based” hospital reimbursement along industry standards. We also seek to ensure that physicians in our network are paid in a timely manner at appropriate rates. We use multi-year contracting strategies, including case or fixed rates, to limit our exposure to medical cost inflation and increase cost predictability. We seek to maintain broad provider networks to ensure member choice, based on both price and access needs, while implementing programs designed to improve the quality of care received by our members.

 

Depending on the consolidation and integration of physician groups and hospitals, reimbursement strategies vary across markets. Fee-for-service is our predominant reimbursement methodology for physicians. Physician fee schedules are developed at the state level based on an assessment of several factors and conditions, including The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, resource-based relative value system, or RBRVS, medical practice cost inflation and physician supply. The RBRVS structure was developed and is maintained by CMS, and is used by the Medicare program and other major payers. We utilize CMS RBRVS fee schedules as a reference point for fee schedule development and analysis. In addition, we have implemented and continue to expand physician incentive contracting, or “pay for performance”, which ties physician payment levels to performance on clinical measures.

 

It is generally our philosophy not to delegate full financial responsibility to our physician providers in the form of capitation-based reimbursement. However, in certain markets we believe capitation can be a useful method to lower costs and reduce underwriting risk, and we therefore have some capitation contracts.

 

Our hospital contracts provide for a variety of reimbursement arrangements depending on local market dynamics and current hospital utilization efficiency. Most hospitals are reimbursed a fixed amount per day or reimbursed a per case amount, per admission, for inpatient covered services. Some hospitals, primarily sole community hospitals, are reimbursed on a discount from approved charge basis for covered services. Our “per case” reimbursement methods utilize many of the same attributes contained in Medicare’s Diagnosis Related Groups, or DRG, methodology. Hospital outpatient services are reimbursed by fixed case rates, fee schedules or percent of approved charges. Our hospital contracts recognize unique hospital attributes, such as academic medical centers or community hospitals, and the volume of care performed for our members. To improve predictability of expected cost, we frequently use a multi-year contracting approach and have been transitioning to case rate payment methodologies. Many of our hospital contracts include a “pay for performance” component where reimbursement levels are linked to improved clinical performance, patient safety and medical error reduction.

 

Though fee-for-service or fee-for-service combined with pay for performance remains our predominant payment model today, our provider engagement and contracting strategies are becoming less “unit price” focused and more focused on the total value of care, defined by overall quality and cost. This includes a strong focus on promoting primary care and developing collaborative relationships with physicians that align financial incentives and helping to provide them with the tools they need to effectively manage the health of their population of patients in a way that improves health outcomes and reduces the cost associated with preventable medical events. For example, we are partnering with physicians to advance a number of innovative delivery models such as accountable care organizations, or ACOs, and patient-centered medical homes, or PCMHs, that aim to improve affordability and the quality of care delivered to members. Under an ACO arrangement, providers receive incentives based on quality, cost, safety, clinical outcomes and coordination of care metrics. Through these shared risk arrangements, providers share in the savings achieved through better quality and reduced costs, but may also share the financial risk if results are not achieved. In the PCMH model, primary care physicians adopt a

 

11


Table of Contents

patient-centered care delivery model that focuses on coordinated care management, wellness and preventive care and shared-decision making with patients and their care givers. This model promotes patient engagement and accountability for the patient’s own health. Both of these models help improve quality through enhanced service offerings and better care coordination with other physicians and specialists across the healthcare system. In addition to the opportunity to participate in shared savings, participating physician practices often receive a per-member, per-month care management fee to appropriately compensate physicians for important care management activities that occur outside of the patient visit, enabling a move away from visit-based episodic intervention to proactive patient engagement and care coordination.

 

In the latter half of 2012, we plan to implement additional shared savings opportunities for certain primary care physicians, aimed at further improving the quality of care and health outcomes of our members while reducing medical costs and increasing revenue opportunities for the participating primary care physicians. Under this model, participating primary care physicians will be able to earn additional revenue by expanding access to medical care and also coordinating medical care for patients with chronic conditions. To participate in the shared savings opportunities, primary care physician practices must meet certain plan quality requirements, which include quality standards established by organizations including, but not limited to, the NCQA, the American Diabetes Association and the American Academy of Pediatrics.

 

Medical Management Programs

 

Our medical management programs include a broad array of activities that facilitate improvements in the quality of care provided to our members and promote cost effective medical care. These medical management activities and programs are administered and directed by physicians and trained nurses. The goals of our medical management strategies are to ensure that the care delivered to our members is supported by appropriate medical and scientific evidence, is received on a timely basis and occurs in the most appropriate location.

 

Precertification.    A traditional medical management program involves assessment of the appropriateness of certain hospitalizations and other medical services prior to the service being rendered. For example, precertification is used to determine whether a set of hospital and medical services is being appropriately applied to the member’s clinical condition, in accordance with criteria for medical necessity as that term is defined in the member’s benefits contract. All of our health plans have implemented precertification programs for common high-tech radiology studies, including cardiac diagnostic testing, addressing an area of historically significant cost trends. We are exploring expansion of our outpatient precertification program through AIM into other clinical areas that show significant trend and have demonstrated clinically inappropriate use of services, such as oncology and sleep apnea diagnosis and treatment. We leverage AIM’s services, clinical expertise and technology to facilitate more effective and efficient use of these outpatient services by our members.

 

Care Coordination.    Another traditional medical management strategy we use is care coordination, which is based on nationally recognized criteria developed by third-party medical specialists. With inpatient care coordination, the requirements and intensity of services during a patient’s hospital stay are reviewed, at times by an onsite skilled nurse professional in collaboration with the hospital’s medical and nursing staff, in order to coordinate care and determine the most effective transition of care from the hospital setting. In addition, guidance for many continued stay cases is reviewed with physician medical directors to ensure appropriate utilization of medical services. We also coordinate care for outpatient services to help ensure that patients with chronic conditions who receive care from multiple physicians are able to manage the exchange of information between physicians and coordinate office visits to their physicians.

 

Case Management.    We are also implementing a medical management strategy focused on identifying the small percentage of the membership that will require a high level of intervention to manage their health care needs. The registered nurses and medical directors focus on members likely to be readmitted to the hospital and help them coordinate their care through pharmacy compliance, post-hospital care, follow-up visits to see their physician and support in their home.

 

12


Table of Contents

Formulary management.    We have developed formularies, which are selections of drugs based on clinical quality and effectiveness. A pharmacy and therapeutics committee of physicians uses scientific and clinical evidence to ensure that our members have access to the appropriate drug therapies. This function remained with us after the sale of our PBM business.

 

Medical policy.    A medical policy group comprised of physician leaders from various areas of the country, working in cooperation with academic medical centers, practicing community physicians and medical specialty organizations such as the American College of Radiology and national organizations such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the American Cancer Society, determines our national policy for the application of new medical technologies and treatments.

 

Quality programs.    We are actively engaged with our hospital and physician networks to enable them to improve medical and surgical care and achieve better outcomes for our members. We endorse, encourage and incent hospitals and physicians to support national initiatives to improve the quality of clinical care, patient outcomes and to reduce medication errors and hospital infections. We have demonstrated our leadership in developing hospital quality programs.

 

External review procedures.    We work with outside experts through a process of external review to provide our members scientifically and clinically, evidence-based medical care. When we receive member concerns, we have formal appeals procedures that ultimately allow coverage disputes related to medical necessity decisions under the benefits contract to be settled by independent expert physicians.

 

Service management.    In HMO and POS networks, primary care physicians serve as the overall coordinators of members’ health care needs by providing an array of preventive health services and overseeing referrals to specialists for appropriate medical care. In PPO networks, patients have access to network physicians without a primary care physician serving as the coordinator of care.

 

Anthem Care Comparison.    Anthem Care Comparison, or ACC, is an innovative comparison tool that discloses price ranges and quality data for common services at contracted providers, including the facility, professional and ancillary services. The price ranges include a bundle of related services typically performed at the time of the procedure, not just the surgery itself. Users can review cost data for 102 procedures in 48 states and Puerto Rico. ACC provides information on key quality factors such as the number of specific procedures performed, patient safety, facility complication rates, mortality rates and average length of stay. We continue to work on enhancing and evolving the ACC program to assist members in making informed health care decisions.

 

Personal Health Care Guidance.    These services help improve the quality, coordination and safety of health care, enhance communications between patients and their physicians, and reduce medical costs. Examples of services include member and physician messaging, providing access to evidence-based medical guidelines, physician quality profiling, and other consulting services.

 

Care Management Programs

 

We continue to expand our 360º Health suite of integrated care management programs and tools. 360º Health offers the following programs, among others, that have been proven to increase quality and reduce medical costs for our members:

 

ConditionCare and FutureMoms are care management and maternity management programs that serve as excellent adjuncts to physician care. Skilled nurse professionals with added support from our team of dietitians, social workers, pharmacists, health educators and other health professionals help participants understand their condition, their doctor’s orders and how to become a better self-manager of their condition.

 

24/7 NurseLine offers access to qualified, registered nurses anytime. This allows our members to make informed decisions about the appropriate level of care and avoid unnecessary worry. This program also includes

 

13


Table of Contents

a referral process to the nearest urgent care facility, a robust audiotape library, accessible by phone, with more than 400 health and wellness topics, as well as on-line health education topics designed to educate members about symptoms and treatment of many common health concerns.

 

ComplexCare is an advanced care management program that reaches out to participants with multiple health care issues who are at risk for frequent and high levels of medical care in order to offer support and assistance in managing their health care needs. ComplexCare identifies candidates through claims analysis using predictive modeling techniques, the use of health risk assessment data, utilization management reports and referrals from a physician or one of our other programs, such as the 24/7 NurseLine.

 

MyHealth Advantage utilizes integrated information systems and sophisticated data analytics to help our members improve their compliance with evidence-based care guidelines, providing personal care notes that alert members to potential gaps in care, enable more prudent health care choices, and assist in the realization of member out-of-pocket cost savings. Key opportunities are also shared with physicians through Availity® at the time of membership eligibility verification. Availity® is an electronic data interchange system that allows for the exchange of health information among providers over a secure network.

 

MyHealth Coach provides our members with a professional guide who helps them navigate the health care system and make better decisions about their well-being. MyHealth Coach proactively reaches out to people who are at risk for serious health issues or have complex health care needs. Our health coaches help participants understand and manage chronic conditions, handle any health and wellness related services they need and make smart lifestyle choices.

 

HealthyLifestyles helps employees transform unhealthy habits into positive ones by focusing on behaviors that can have a positive effect on their health and their employer’s financial well-being. HealthyLifestyles programs include smoking cessation, weight management, stress management, physical activity and diet and nutrition.

 

MyHealth@Anthem is our secure web-based solution, complementing other programs by reinforcing telephonic coaching and mail campaigns. The website engages participants in regularly assessing their health status, gives them feedback about their progress, and tracks important health measures such as blood pressure, weight and blood glucose levels.

 

Employee Assistance Programs provide many resources that allow members to balance work and personal life by providing quick and easy access to confidential resources to help meet the challenges of daily life. Examples of services available in person as well as via telephone or internet are counseling for child care, health and wellness, financial issues, legal issues, adoption and daily living.

 

Health Care Quality Initiatives

 

Increasingly, the health care industry is able to define quality health care based on preventive health measurements, outcomes of care and optimal care management for chronic disease. A key to our success has been our ability to work with our network physicians and hospitals to improve the quality and outcomes of the health care services provided to our members. Our ability to promote quality medical care has been recognized by the NCQA, the largest and most respected national accreditation program for managed care health plans.

 

Several quality health care measures, including the Healthcare Effectiveness Data and Information Set, or HEDIS®, have been incorporated into the NCQA’s accreditation processes. HEDIS® measures range from preventive services, such as screening mammography and pediatric immunization, to elements of care, including decreasing the complications of diabetes and improving treatment for patients with heart disease. For health plans, NCQA’s highest accreditation status of Excellent is granted only to those plans that demonstrate levels of service and clinical quality that meet or exceed NCQA’s rigorous requirements for consumer protection and

 

14


Table of Contents

quality improvement. Plans earning this accreditation level must also achieve HEDIS® results that are in the highest range of national or regional performance. Details for each of our plans’ accreditation levels can be found at www.ncqa.org.

 

We have committed to measuring our progress in improving the quality of care that our members and our communities receive through our proprietary Member Health Index, or MHI, and State Health Index, or SHI. The MHI is comprised of 23 clinically relevant measures for our health plan members and combines prevention, care management, clinical outcome and patient safety metrics. The SHI measures the health of all the residents in our BCBSA licensed states, not just our members, using public data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

 

Our wholly-owned clinical research and health outcomes research subsidiary, HealthCore, has supported biopharmaceutical manufacturers, health professionals, and health plans by enabling more effective medical management and increased physician adherence to evidence-based care, and creating new knowledge on the value of clinical therapies, resulting in better care decisions.

 

Our wholly-owned specialty benefit management subsidiary, AIM, has supported quality by implementing clinical appropriateness and patient safety programs for advanced imaging procedures and specialty pharmaceuticals, including oncology drugs, covered under the medical benefit, that are based on widely accepted clinical guidelines. These programs promote the most appropriate use of these procedures to improve the quality of overall health care delivered to our members and members of other health plans that are covered under AIM’s programs. In addition to its clinical appropriateness program, AIM has also implemented a network assessment OptiNet® program, which promotes more informed selection of diagnostic imaging facilities by providing cost and facility information to physicians at the point that a procedure is ordered. In 2011, we leveraged AIM’s network assessment information to proactively educate our members about imaging site choices based on site capabilities and cost differences. This program is another example of how we facilitate improvements in the quality of care provided to our members and promote cost effective medical care. AIM also provides education on radiation exposure associated with advanced diagnostic procedures to members and physicians to improve patient and provider safety.

 

Our wholly-owned analytics-driven personal health care guidance subsidiary, Resolution Health, Inc., has supported quality by helping our members take action to get healthy, stay healthy and better manage chronic illness. Our analysis of an individual member’s health data identifies opportunities to improve health care quality and safety; we then send personalized messages to the member, their doctor and care manager to take action. For example, our drug safety messages inform a member’s doctor, pharmacist or care manager of potentially dangerous drug-drug, drug-condition, drug-age, or drug-dose interactions identified in our Drug Safety Scan. This helps improve safety, drug effectiveness and medication adherence.

 

Pricing and Underwriting of Our Products

 

We price our products based on our assessment of current health care claim costs and emerging health care cost trends, combined with charges for administrative expenses, risk and profit. We continually review our product designs and pricing guidelines on a national and regional basis so that our products remain competitive and consistent with our profitability goals and strategies.

 

In applying our pricing to each employer group and customer, we maintain consistent, competitive, strict underwriting standards. We employ our proprietary accumulated actuarial data in determining underwriting and pricing parameters. Where allowed by law and regulation, we underwrite individual policies based upon the medical history of the individual applying for coverage, small groups based upon case specific underwriting procedures and large groups based on each group’s aggregate claim experience. Also, we employ credit underwriting procedures with respect to our self-funded products.

 

In most circumstances, our pricing and underwriting decisions follow a prospective rating process in which a fixed premium is determined at the beginning of the contract period. For fully-insured business, any deviation,

 

15


Table of Contents

favorable or unfavorable, from the medical costs assumed in determining the premium is our responsibility. Some of our larger groups employ retrospective rating reviews, where positive experience is partially refunded to the group, and negative experience is charged against a rate stabilization fund established from the group’s favorable experience, or charged against future favorable experience.

 

BCBSA Licenses

 

We are a party to license agreements with the BCBSA that entitle us to the exclusive, and in certain areas, non-exclusive use of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks in assigned geographic territories. BCBSA is a national trade association of Blue Cross and Blue Shield licensees, the primary function of which is to promote and preserve the integrity of the BCBS names and marks, as well as provide certain coordination among the member companies. Each BCBSA licensee is an independent legal organization and is not responsible for obligations of other BCBSA member organizations. We have no right to market products and services using the BCBS names and marks outside of the states in which we are licensed to sell BCBS products. We are required to pay an annual license fee to the BCBSA based on enrollment and also to comply with various operational and financial standards set forth in the licenses.

 

We believe that we and our licensed affiliates are currently in compliance with these standards. The standards under the license agreements may be modified in certain instances by the BCBSA. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K for additional details of our licensing requirements and the impact if we were not to comply with these license agreements.

 

Regulation

 

General

 

Our operations are subject to comprehensive and detailed state, federal and international regulation throughout the jurisdictions in which we do business. As discussed below, the regulatory aspects of the U.S. health care system have been and will continue to be significantly affected by Health Care Reform legislation. Supervisory agencies, including state health, insurance and corporation departments, have broad authority to:

 

   

grant, suspend and revoke licenses to transact business;

 

   

regulate many aspects of our products and services;

 

   

monitor our solvency and reserve adequacy; and

 

   

scrutinize our investment activities on the basis of quality, diversification and other quantitative criteria.

 

To carry out these tasks, these regulators periodically examine our operations and accounts.

 

Regulation of Insurance Company and HMO Business Activity

 

The governments of the states in which we conduct business, as well as the federal government, have adopted laws and regulations that govern our business activities in various ways. Further, federal Health Care Reform legislation has resulted in increased federal regulation that is likely to have a significant impact on our business. These laws and regulations, which vary significantly from state to state and on the federal level, may restrict how we conduct our business and may result in additional burdens and costs to us. Areas of governmental regulation include but are not limited to:

 

   

medical loss ratios;

 

   

tax deductibility of certain compensation;

 

   

licensure;

 

   

premium rates;

 

   

underwriting and pricing;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

benefits;

 

   

eligibility requirements;

 

   

guaranteed renewability;

 

   

service areas;

 

   

market conduct;

 

   

sales and marketing activities;

 

   

quality assurance procedures;

 

   

plan design and disclosures, including mandated benefits;

 

   

underwriting, marketing and rating restrictions for small group products;

 

   

utilization review activities;

 

   

prompt payment of claims;

 

   

member rights and responsibilities;

 

   

collection, access or use of protected health information;

 

   

data reporting, including financial data and standards for electronic transactions;

 

   

payment of dividends;

 

   

provider rates of payment;

 

   

surcharges on provider payments;

 

   

provider contract forms;

 

   

provider access standards;

 

   

premium taxes, assessments for the uninsured and/or underinsured and insolvency guaranty payments;

 

   

member and provider complaints and appeals;

 

   

financial condition (including reserves and minimum capital or risk based capital requirements and investments);

 

   

reimbursement or payment levels for government funded business; and

 

   

corporate governance.

 

These state and federal laws and regulations are subject to amendments and changing interpretations in each jurisdiction.

 

States generally require health insurers and HMOs to obtain a certificate of authority prior to commencing operations. If we were to establish a health insurance company or an HMO in any jurisdiction where we do not presently operate, we generally would have to obtain such a certificate. The time necessary to obtain such a certificate varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Each health insurer and HMO must file periodic financial and operating reports with the states in which it does business. In addition, health insurers and HMOs are subject to state examination and periodic license renewal. The health benefits business also may be adversely impacted by court and regulatory decisions that expand the interpretations of existing statutes and regulations. It is uncertain whether we can recoup, through higher premiums or other measures, the increased costs of mandated benefits or other increased costs caused by potential legislation, regulation or court rulings. See Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.

 

17


Table of Contents

Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act

 

The ACA, signed into law on March 23, 2010, has created significant changes and will continue to create significant changes for health insurance markets for the next several years. Specifically, many of the near-term changes were effective for certain groups and individuals on their first renewal on or after September 23, 2010, including a prohibition on lifetime limits, certain annual limits, member cost-sharing on specified preventive benefits, pre-existing condition exclusions for children, increased restrictions on rescinding coverage and extension of coverage of dependents to the age of 26. Certain requirements for insurers were also effective in 2011, including the minimum medical loss ratio provision that requires insurers to pay rebates to customers when insurers do not meet or exceed the specified medical loss ratio, or MLR, thresholds, and changes to Medicare Advantage payments. Most of the provisions of ACA with more significant effects on the health insurance marketplace go into effect on January 1, 2014, including a requirement that insurers guarantee the issuance of coverage to all individuals regardless of health status, strict rules on how health insurance is rated, the assessment of new taxes and fees (including annual fees on health insurance companies and excise taxes on high premium insurance policies), the creation of new insurance exchanges for individuals and small groups, and substantial expansions in eligibility for Medicaid.

 

Many of the details of the law require additional guidance and specificity to be provided by the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, the Department of Labor, CMS and the Department of the Treasury. In certain cases, these regulatory agencies were directed to accept recommendations from external groups, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC. Some provisions have final rules available for review and comment, while some proposed regulations have yet to be released and others are in-process. We are evaluating each of these rules carefully; and, therefore, it continues to be too early to fully understand the impacts of the legislation on our overall business. Some of the more significant considerations of ACA are described below:

 

   

MLR regulations were issued by HHS in December 2011; however, significant changes could still occur to the MLR requirements through additional regulatory guidance and/or modification of the regulation. The minimum MLR thresholds by line of business are as follows:

 

Line of Business

   %  

Large Group

     85

Small Group

     80   

Individual

     80   

 

New York state regulations require us to meet a more restrictive MLR threshold of 82% for both Small Group and Individual lines of business. Certain other states have received approval from HHS to phase-in the MLR requirements in the Individual markets in those states and, as a result, are currently using lower thresholds for determination of potential rebates. The minimum MLR thresholds disclosed above are based on definitions of an MLR calculation provided by HHS, or specific states, as applicable, and differ from our calculation of “benefit expense ratio” based on premium revenue and benefit expense as reported in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The definitions of the lines of business may differ under the various state and federal regulations.

 

   

ACA requires states to establish health insurance exchanges by January 1, 2014 through which qualified individuals and qualified small employers may access coverage. If a state fails to establish a health insurance exchange, the federal government will establish a health insurance exchange in that state. While states have some flexibility over the design and implementation of these health insurance exchanges, during 2011 HHS released a series of proposed regulations outlining more detailed requirements for the state establishment of exchanges. As of January 1, 2012, four states in which we conduct business have passed legislation establishing health insurance exchanges (California, Colorado, Connecticut and Nevada).

 

18


Table of Contents
   

Regulations became effective in September 2011 that require filings for premium rate increases for small group and individual products above specified thresholds, generally 10%, to be reviewed. The regulations provide for state insurance regulators to conduct the reviews, except for cases where a state does not have an “effective” rate review program, in which case HHS will conduct the reviews for any rate filed.

 

   

ACA includes three “risk adjuster” programs that will introduce new requirements beginning in 2014 depending on the risk mix of individuals enrolled in the individual and small group markets. Among other things, these programs require insurers enrolling lower-risk individuals to pay into funds to compensate insurers enrolling higher-risk individuals. Details of these programs in the form of proposed regulations have begun to emerge and will continue to be finalized during 2012 and 2013. States will be given some flexibility to tailor their risk adjustment program.

 

   

Depending on the laws in each state, health insurers are currently allowed to consider factors such as health status, gender and age in determining the appropriate premium for products in the individual and small group markets. Some states have currently adopted rules that limit the variation between the highest and lowest premium for the identical insurance policy. The differential in pricing is commonly referred to as “ratings bands”. The process of using these rating bands allows health insurers to appropriately price for products and to spread the risk more broadly across all policyholders. Beginning in 2014, the ACA precludes health insurers from using health status and gender in the determination of the appropriate insurance premium. In addition, rating bands for age cannot vary by more than 3 to 1 and the rating bands for tobacco use cannot vary by more than 1.5 to 1. This change will likely have a significant impact on the majority of individual and small group customers and could lead to adverse selection in the market.

 

   

Medicare Advantage reimbursement rates will not increase as much as they would otherwise due to a new payment formula promulgated by ACA that is expected to significantly reduce reimbursements in the future. We also expect further and ongoing regulatory guidance on a number of issues related to Medicare, including the Medicare Advantage MLR, evolving methodology for ratings and quality bonus payments and potential action on an audit methodology to review data submitted under “risk adjuster” programs.

 

Recent federal court decisions questioning the constitutionality of all or portions of the federal Health Care Reform legislation add further uncertainty to our ability to understand the ultimate impacts of the legislation on our business. The challenges primarily deal with the requirement that most individuals purchase health insurance and whether that provision is severable from other areas of the ACA. The United States Supreme Court, or Supreme Court, will hear an appeal of several of the federal court decisions in March 2012 and it is expected that the Supreme Court will render its opinion by the close of its term near the end of June 2012. The Supreme Court could rule in several ways, including that the law is constitutional in its entirety, allowing for continued implementation of the law’s requirements. The Supreme Court could determine that a portion of the law is constitutional, resulting in implementation of certain portions of the law with the remaining requirements being disallowed. Finally, the Supreme Court could determine that the law is unconstitutional in its entirety, which would result in the reversal of the law’s requirements.

 

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

 

During 2010, the U.S. Congress passed and the President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a far-reaching overhaul of the framework for the U.S. financial services industry. Even though we are primarily a health benefits company, our business may be impacted by the Dodd-Frank Act. Many of its provisions require the adoption of rules for implementation, including those that govern which non-bank financial companies may become subject to the oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Dodd-Frank Act identifies non-bank financial companies that may become subject to Federal Reserve oversight as those that could pose a threat to financial stability either due to the potential of material financial distress at the company or due to the company’s ongoing

 

19


Table of Contents

activities. The Financial Stability Oversight Council, or the Council, published proposed criteria and a framework for determining which non-bank financial companies meet these definitions. These criteria and framework are subject to a public comment period and will then result in final rules that may or may not be different from the proposals. The Council announced that it will begin evaluating companies against the final rules shortly thereafter. Although unlikely, we believe that we might be considered a non-bank financial company and it is possible that we could become subject to additional oversight by the Federal Reserve under the final rules.

 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act creates a Federal Insurance Office, with limited powers that include information-gathering and subpoena authority. Although the Federal Insurance Office does not have authority over health insurance, it may have authority over other parts of our business, such as life insurance.

 

HIPAA and Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act

 

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes obligations for issuers of health insurance coverage and health benefit plan sponsors. This law requires guaranteed renewability of health care coverage for most group health plans and certain individuals. Also, the law limits exclusions based on preexisting medical conditions.

 

The Administrative Simplification provisions of HIPAA imposed a number of requirements on covered entities (including insurers, HMOs, group health plans, providers and clearinghouses). These requirements include uniform standards of common electronic health care transactions; privacy and security regulations; and unique identifier rules for employers, health plans and providers. Additional federal privacy and security requirements, including breach notification, improved enforcement and additional limitations on use and disclosure of protected health information were passed through the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health, or HITECH, provisions of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 and corresponding implementing regulations. CMS posted the Interim Final Rule with Comment, or IFC, adopting operating rules for two electronic transactions: eligibility for a health plan and health care claims status. Based on the comments received on the IFC, CMS has decided not to change any of the policies established in the rule. Thus, the interim final rule is the final rule that is in effect; industry implementation should be underway for the January 1, 2013 compliance date.

 

The federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act generally places restrictions on the disclosure of non-public information to non-affiliated third parties, and requires financial institutions, including insurers, to provide customers with notice regarding how their non-public personal information is used, including an opportunity to “opt out” of certain disclosures. State departments of insurance and certain federal agencies adopted implementing regulations as required by federal law. A number of states have adopted data security laws and/or regulations, regulating data security and/or requiring security breach notification, which may apply to us in certain circumstances.

 

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974

 

The provision of services to certain employee welfare benefit plans is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, a complex set of laws and regulations subject to interpretation and enforcement by the Internal Revenue Service and the Department of Labor. ERISA regulates certain aspects of the relationships between us, the employers who maintain employee welfare benefit plans subject to ERISA and participants in such plans. Some of our administrative services and other activities may also be subject to regulation under ERISA. In addition, certain states require licensure or registration of companies providing third party claims administration services for benefit plans. We provide a variety of products and services to employee welfare benefit plans that are covered by ERISA. Plans subject to ERISA can also be subject to state laws and the question of whether and to what extent ERISA preempts a state law has been, and will continue to be, interpreted by many courts.

 

20


Table of Contents

HMO and Insurance Holding Company Laws, including Risk-Based Capital Requirements

 

We are regulated as an insurance holding company and are subject to the insurance holding company acts of the states in which our insurance company and HMO subsidiaries are domiciled. These acts contain certain reporting requirements as well as restrictions on transactions between an insurer or HMO and its affiliates. These holding company laws and regulations generally require insurance companies and HMOs within an insurance holding company system to register with the insurance department of each state where they are domiciled and to file with those states’ insurance departments certain reports describing capital structure, ownership, financial condition, certain intercompany transactions and general business operations. In addition, various notice and reporting requirements generally apply to transactions between insurance companies and HMOs and their affiliates within an insurance holding company system, depending on the size and nature of the transactions. Some insurance holding company laws and regulations require prior regulatory approval or, in certain circumstances, prior notice of certain material intercompany transfers of assets as well as certain transactions between insurance companies, HMOs, their parent holding companies and affiliates. Among other provisions, state insurance and HMO laws may restrict the ability of our regulated subsidiaries to pay dividends.

 

Additionally, the holding company acts of the states in which our subsidiaries are domiciled restrict the ability of any person to obtain control of an insurance company or HMO without prior regulatory approval. Under those statutes, without such approval (or an exemption), no person may acquire any voting security of an insurance holding company, which controls an insurance company or HMO, or merge with such a holding company, if as a result of such transaction such person would “control” the insurance holding company. “Control” is generally defined as the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person and is presumed to exist if a person directly or indirectly owns or controls 10% or more of the voting securities of another person.

 

The states of domicile of our regulated subsidiaries have statutory risk-based capital, or RBC, requirements for health and other insurance companies and HMOs based on the RBC Model Act. These RBC requirements are intended to assess the capital adequacy of life and health insurers and HMOs, taking into account the risk characteristics of a company’s investments and products. In general, under these laws, an insurance company or HMO must submit a report of its RBC level to the insurance department or insurance commissioner of its state of domicile for each calendar year. The law requires increasing degrees of regulatory oversight and intervention as a company’s RBC declines. As of December 31, 2011, the RBC levels of our insurance and HMO subsidiaries exceeded all RBC thresholds.

 

Guaranty Fund Assessments

 

Under insolvency or guaranty association laws in most states, insurance companies can be assessed for amounts paid by guaranty funds for policyholder losses incurred when an insurance company becomes insolvent. Most state insolvency or guaranty association laws currently provide for assessments based upon the amount of premiums received on insurance underwritten within such state (with a minimum amount payable even if no premium is received). Under many of these guaranty association laws, assessments against insurance companies that issue policies of accident or sickness insurance are made retrospectively. Some states permit insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets or through future policyholder assessments.

 

While the amount and timing of any future assessments cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that future guaranty association assessments for insurer insolvencies will not have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and capital resources with the exception of potential exposure related to the Penn Treaty Network America Insurance Company and its subsidiary American Network Insurance Company insolvency as discussed in Note 14, “Commitments and Contingencies”, to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in this Form 10-K.

 

21


Table of Contents

Employees

 

At December 31, 2011, we had approximately 37,700 employees. Our employees are an important asset, and we seek to develop them to their full potential. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

 

Available Information

 

We are a large accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act) and are required, pursuant to Item 101 of Regulation S-K, to provide certain information regarding our website and the availability of certain documents filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our Internet website is www.wellpoint.com. We have included our Internet website address throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K as textual reference only. The information contained on our Internet website is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We make available, free of charge, by mail or through our Internet website, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with or furnish it to the SEC. We also include on our Internet website our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Standards of Ethical Business Conduct and the charter of each standing committee of our Board of Directors. In addition, we intend to disclose on our Internet website any amendments to, or waivers from, our Standards of Ethical Business Conduct that are required to be publicly disclosed pursuant to rules of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. WellPoint, Inc. is an Indiana corporation incorporated on July 17, 2001.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

 

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and presented elsewhere by management from time to time. Such factors, among others, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations and you should carefully consider them. It is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not consider any such list to be a complete statement of all our potential risks or uncertainties. Because of these and other factors, past performance should not be considered an indication of future performance.

 

Federal Health Care Reform legislation, as well as expected additional changes in federal or state regulations, could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operation.

 

The passage of Health Care Reform legislation during 2010 represents significant changes to the current U.S. health care system. The legislation is far-reaching and is intended to expand access to health insurance coverage over time by increasing the eligibility thresholds for most state Medicaid programs and providing certain other individuals and small businesses with tax credits to subsidize a portion of the cost of health insurance coverage. The legislation includes a requirement that most individuals obtain health insurance coverage beginning in 2014 and also a requirement that certain large employers offer coverage to their employees or pay a financial penalty. In addition, the new laws include certain new taxes and fees, including an excise tax on high premium insurance policies, limitations on the amount of compensation that is tax deductible and new fees on companies in our industry, some of which will not be deductible for income tax purposes.

 

The legislation also imposes new regulations on the health insurance sector, including, but not limited to, guaranteed coverage requirements, prohibitions on some annual and all lifetime limits on amounts paid on behalf of or to our members, increased restrictions on rescinding coverage, establishment of minimum medical loss ratio requirements, a requirement to cover preventive services on a first dollar basis, the establishment of state insurance exchanges and essential benefit packages and greater limitations on how we price certain of our products. The legislation also reduces the reimbursement levels for health plans participating in the Medicare Advantage program over time.

 

22


Table of Contents

Some of the provisions of the Health Care Reform legislation became effective immediately upon enactment, while other provisions will become effective over the next several years. These changes could impact us through potential disruption to the employer-based market, potential cost shifting in the health care delivery system to health insurance companies and limitations on the ability to increase premiums to meet costs. We will need to dedicate material resources and incur material expenses to implement and comply with Health Care Reform at both the state and federal levels, including implementing and complying with the future regulations that will provide guidance on and clarification of significant portions of the legislation. The Health Care Reform law and regulations are likely to have significant effects on our future operations, which, in turn, could impact the value of our business model and results of operations, including potential impairments of our goodwill and other intangible assets.

 

There are currently constitutional challenges to the Health Care Reform legislation. If certain portions of the legislation are declared unconstitutional, such as the individual obligation to purchase insurance, while other portions are upheld, such as the guaranteed coverage requirements and the greater limitations on how we price certain of our products, this could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, federal and state regulatory agencies may further restrict our ability to obtain new product approvals, implement changes in premium rates or impose additional restrictions, under new or existing laws that could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Changes in the regulation of our business by state and federal regulators may adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our insurance, managed health care and HMO subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation and supervision by the insurance, managed health care or HMO regulatory authorities of each state in which they are licensed or authorized to do business, as well as to regulation by federal and local agencies. We cannot assure that future regulatory action by state insurance or HMO authorities or federal regulatory authorities will not have a material adverse effect on the profitability or marketability of our health benefits or managed care products or on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because of our participation in government-sponsored programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, changes in government regulations or policy with respect to, among other things, reimbursement levels, eligibility requirements and additional governmental participation could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we cannot ensure that application of the federal and/or state tax regulatory regime that currently applies to us will not, or future tax regulation by either federal and/or state governmental authorities concerning us could not, have a material adverse effect on our business, operations or financial condition.

 

State legislatures will continue to focus on health care delivery and financing issues in the wake of Health Care Reform. Most states are very focused on how to manage and reduce their budgets and are exploring ways to mitigate costs. As such, they are contemplating significant reform of their health insurance markets to include provisions affecting both public programs and privately-financed health insurance arrangements. As these proposals are still being debated in the various legislatures, we cannot assure you that, if enacted into law, these proposals would not have a negative impact on our business, operations or financial condition. In addition, California continues to consider legislative proposals to require prior regulatory approval of premium rate increases or establish minimum benefit expense ratio thresholds. These proposals include a potential ballot proposition regarding prior regulatory approval of rate increases for the individual and small group products, which, if passed, could prevent us from securing necessary rate and benefit changes. This initiative has not yet qualified to be included on the ballot. If enacted, these state proposals could have a material adverse impact on our business, cash flows, financial condition or results of operations. States also continue to engage in stakeholder discussions around the establishment of exchanges, although some states that appeared to be considering options in this regard in earnest now seem to be waiting to advance proposals until there is additional clarity given by the Supreme Court about the constitutionality of Health Care Reform.

 

23


Table of Contents

From time to time, Congress has considered various forms of managed care reform legislation which, if adopted, could fundamentally alter the treatment of coverage decisions under ERISA. Additionally, there have been legislative attempts to limit ERISA’s preemptive effect on state laws and litigants’ ability to seek damages beyond the benefits offered under their plans. If adopted, such limitations could increase our liability exposure, could permit greater state regulation of our operations, and could expand the scope of damages, including punitive damages, litigants could be awarded. While we cannot predict if any of these initiatives will ultimately become effective or, if enacted, what their terms will be, their enactment could increase our costs, expose us to expanded liability or require us to revise the ways in which we conduct business. Further, as we continue to implement our e-business initiatives, uncertainty surrounding the regulatory authority and requirements in this area may make it difficult to ensure compliance.

 

Our inability to contain health care costs, implement increases in premium rates on a timely basis, maintain adequate reserves for policy benefits, maintain our current provider agreements or avoid a downgrade in our credit ratings may adversely affect our business and profitability.

 

Our profitability depends in large part on accurately predicting health care costs and on our ability to manage future health care costs through underwriting criteria, medical management, product design and negotiation of favorable provider contracts. Government-imposed limitations on Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement have also caused the private sector to bear a greater share of increasing health care costs. Changes in health care practices, demographic characteristics, inflation, new technologies, the cost of prescription drugs, clusters of high cost cases, changes in the regulatory environment and numerous other factors affecting the cost of health care may adversely affect our ability to predict and manage health care costs, as well as our business, financial condition and results of operations. Relatively small differences between predicted and actual health care costs as a percentage of premium revenues can result in significant changes in our results of operations. If it is determined that our assumptions regarding cost trends and utilization are significantly different than actual results, our income statement and financial position could be adversely affected.

 

In addition to the challenge of managing health care costs, we face pressure to contain premium rates. Our customer contracts may be subject to renegotiation as customers seek to contain their costs. Alternatively, our customers may move to a competitor to obtain more favorable premiums. Further, federal and state regulatory agencies may restrict our ability to implement changes in premium rates. For example, ACA includes an annual rate review requirement to prohibit unreasonable rate increases. Fiscal concerns regarding the continued viability of programs such as Medicare and Medicaid may cause decreasing reimbursement rates or a lack of sufficient increase in reimbursement rates for government-sponsored programs in which we participate. A limitation on our ability to increase or maintain our premium or reimbursement levels or a significant loss of membership resulting from our need to increase or maintain premium or reimbursement levels could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The reserves that we establish for health insurance policy benefits and other contractual rights and benefits are based upon assumptions concerning a number of factors, including trends in health care costs, expenses, general economic conditions and other factors. To the extent the actual claims experience is less favorable than estimated based on our underlying assumptions, our incurred losses would increase and future earnings could be adversely affected.

 

Our profitability is dependent in part upon our ability to contract on favorable terms with hospitals, physicians and other health care providers. The failure to maintain or to secure cost-effective health care provider contracts may result in a loss of membership or higher medical costs, which could adversely affect our business. In addition, our inability to contract with providers, or the inability of providers to provide adequate care, could adversely affect our business. We do not have contracts with all providers that render services to our members and, as a result, do not have a pre-established agreement about the amount of compensation those out-of-network providers will accept for the services they render, which can result in significant litigation or arbitration proceedings.

 

24


Table of Contents

Claims-paying ability and financial strength ratings by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations are an important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies and health benefits companies. Each of the credit rating agencies reviews its ratings periodically and there can be no assurance that our current credit ratings will be maintained in the future. We believe our strong credit ratings are an important factor in marketing our products to customers, since credit ratings information is broadly disseminated and generally used throughout the industry. If our credit ratings are downgraded or placed under review, with possible negative implications, such actions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These credit ratings reflect each credit rating agency’s opinion of our financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet our obligations to policyholders and creditors, and are not evaluations directed toward the protection of investors in our common stock.

 

A significant reduction in the enrollment in our health benefits programs could have an adverse effect on our business and profitability.

 

A significant reduction in the number of enrollees in our health benefits programs could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Factors that could contribute to a reduction in enrollment include: reductions in workforce by existing customers; general economic downturn that results in business failures; employers no longer offering certain health care coverage as an employee benefit or electing to offer this coverage on a voluntary, employee-funded basis; state and federal regulatory changes; failure to obtain new customers or retain existing customers; premium increases and benefit changes; our exit from a specific market; negative publicity and news coverage; and failure to attain or maintain nationally recognized accreditations.

 

There are various risks associated with participating in Medicare and Medicaid programs, and contracting with CMS to provide Medicare Part C and Medicare Part D Prescription Drug benefits.

 

We offer Medicare approved prescription drug plans (Medicare Part D) nationally and Medicare Advantage plans (Medicare Part C) in select states and/or counties where we are licensed to use the “Blue” brands to market our plans to Medicare eligible individuals. In addition, we provide various administrative services for other entities offering medical and/or prescription drug plans to their Medicare eligible employees and retirees through our affiliated companies. We also participate in Medicare fiscal intermediary and Medicaid programs and receive revenues from the Medicare and Medicaid programs to provide benefits under these programs.

 

Revenues from the Medicare and Medicaid programs are dependent, in whole or in part, upon annual funding from the federal government and/or applicable state governments. Funding for these programs is dependent upon many factors outside of our control including general economic conditions and budgetary constraints at the federal or applicable state level and general political issues and priorities. An unexpected reduction or inadequate government funding for these programs may adversely affect our revenues and financial results.

 

Risks associated with the Medicare Advantage and Medicare prescription drug plans include potential uncollectability of receivables resulting from processing and/or verifying enrollment, inadequacy of underwriting assumptions, inability to receive and process correct information (including inability due to systems issues by the federal government, the applicable state government or us), uncollectability of premiums from members, increased medical or pharmaceutical costs, and the underlying seasonality of this business. While we believe we have adequately reviewed our assumptions and estimates regarding these complex and wide-ranging programs under Medicare Part C and D, including those related to collectability of receivables and establishment of liabilities, the actual results may be materially different than our assumptions and estimates and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

CMS is currently conducting competitive procurements to replace the current fiscal intermediary and carrier contracts with contracts that conform to the Federal Acquisition Regulations. These new contracts, referred to as Medicare Administrative Contracts, or MACs, will combine most of the administrative activities currently

 

25


Table of Contents

performed by the existing intermediaries and carriers. At year end 2011, NGS held two MACs as a prime contractor and supported two MACs as a subcontractor. If NGS fails to be awarded new MACs as a result of this competitive procurement process, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The laws and regulations governing participation in Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and are subject to regular change and interpretation, which can expose us to penalties for non-compliance. Of note, and consistent with the preceding sentence, CMS has been conducting audits of our Medicare Advantage health plans to validate the diagnostic data and patient claims that are submitted to CMS. These audits may result in retrospective adjustments in payments made to our health plans. In addition, if we fail to correct errors discovered during an audit or otherwise fail to comply with the applicable laws and regulations we could be subject to criminal fines, civil penalties or other sanctions which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to participate in these programs, and on our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. In addition, legislative or regulatory changes to these programs could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Adverse securities and credit market conditions may significantly affect our ability to meet liquidity needs.

 

The securities and credit markets have in the past experienced higher than normal volatility, although current market conditions are more stable. In some cases, the markets have exerted downward pressure on availability of liquidity and credit capacity for certain issuers. We need liquidity to pay our operating expenses, make payments on our indebtedness and pay capital expenditures. The principal sources of our cash receipts are premiums, administrative fees, investment income, other revenue, proceeds from the sale or maturity of our investment securities, proceeds from borrowings and proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

 

Our access to additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as market conditions, the general availability of credit, the volume of trading activities, the overall availability of credit to our industry, our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as the possibility that customers or lenders could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects. Similarly, our access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities or rating agencies take negative actions against us. If one or a combination of these factors were to occur, our internal sources of liquidity may prove to be insufficient, and in such case, we may not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on favorable terms. One of our sources of liquidity is our $2,500.0 million commercial paper program, with $799.8 million and $336.2 million outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Should commercial paper issuance be unavailable, we intend to use a combination of cash on hand and/or our $2,000.0 million senior revolving credit facility to redeem our commercial paper when it matures. While there is no assurance in the current economic environment, we believe the lenders participating in our senior credit facility will be willing and able to provide financing in accordance with their legal obligations.

 

The value of our investments is influenced by varying economic and market conditions, and a decrease in value may result in a loss charged to income.

 

The market values of our investments vary from time to time depending on economic and market conditions. For various reasons, we may sell certain of our investments at prices that are less than the carrying value of the investments. In addition, in periods of declining interest rates, bond calls and mortgage loan prepayments generally increase, resulting in the reinvestment of these funds at the then lower market rates. In periods of rising interest rates, the market values of our fixed maturity securities will generally decrease, which could result in material unrealized or realized losses on investments in future periods. In addition, defaults by issuers, primarily from investments in corporate and municipal bonds, who fail to pay or perform their obligations, could reduce net investment income, which would adversely affect our profitability. We cannot assure you that our investment portfolios will produce positive returns in future periods.

 

26


Table of Contents

Current and long-term available-for-sale investment securities were $17,376.8 million at December 31, 2011 and represented 33% of our total consolidated assets at December 31, 2011. In accordance with FASB guidance for debt and equity investments, we classify fixed maturity and equity securities in our investment portfolio as “available-for-sale” or “trading” and report those securities at fair value.

 

In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we review our investment securities to determine if declines in fair value below cost are other-than-temporary. This review is subjective and requires a high degree of judgment. We conduct this review on a quarterly basis analyzing both quantitative and qualitative factors. Such factors considered include the length of time and the extent to which market value has been less than cost, financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, recommendations of investment advisors and forecasts of economic, market or industry trends.

 

Changes in the economic environment, including periods of increased volatility of the securities markets can increase the difficulty of assessing investment impairment and the same influences tend to increase the risk of potential impairment of these assets. We believe we have adequately reviewed our investment securities for impairment and we believe that we have appropriately estimated the fair values of our investment securities. However, over time, the economic and market environment may provide additional insight, which could change our judgment regarding the fair value of certain securities and/or impairment. Given the current market conditions and the significant judgments involved, there is continuing risk that further declines in fair value may occur and material other-than-temporary impairments may be charged to income in future periods, resulting in realized losses.

 

Regional concentrations of our business may subject us to economic downturns in those regions.

 

The national economy has continued to experience a downturn, with the potential for continued high unemployment. Most of our revenues are generated in the states of California, Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri, Nevada, New Hampshire, New York, Ohio, Virginia and Wisconsin. Due to this concentration of business in these states, we are exposed to potential losses resulting from the risk of a more severe economic downturn in these states. If economic conditions do not improve, we may experience a reduction in existing and new business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The health benefits industry is subject to negative publicity, which can adversely affect our business and profitability.

 

The health benefits industry is subject to negative publicity. Negative publicity may result in increased regulation and legislative review of industry practices, which may further increase our costs of doing business and adversely affect our profitability by: adversely affecting our ability to market our products and services; requiring us to change our products and services; or increasing the regulatory burdens under which we operate.

 

In addition, as long as we use the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks in marketing our health benefits products and services, any negative publicity concerning the BCBSA or other BCBSA licensees may adversely affect us and the sale of our health benefits products and services. Any such negative publicity could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We face competition in many of our markets and customers and brokers have flexibility in moving between competitors.

 

As a health benefits company, we operate in a highly competitive environment and in an industry that is currently subject to significant changes from legislative reform, business consolidations, new strategic alliances, aggressive marketing practices by other health benefits organizations and market pressures brought about by an informed and organized customer base, particularly among large employers. This environment has produced and will likely continue to produce significant pressures on the profitability of health benefits companies.

 

27


Table of Contents

We are currently dependent on the non-exclusive services of independent agents and brokers in the marketing of our health care products, particularly with respect to individuals, seniors and small employer group members. We face intense competition for the services and allegiance of these independent agents and brokers, who may also market the products of our competitors. Our relationship with our brokers and independent agents could be adversely impacted by changes in our business practices to address Health Care Reform legislation, including potential reductions in commissions and consulting fees paid to agents and brokers. We cannot ensure that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors or that competitive pressures faced by us will not materially and adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We face intense competition to attract and retain employees. Further, managing Chief Executive Officer and key executive succession and retention is critical to our success.

 

We are dependent on retaining existing employees and attracting additional qualified employees to meet current and future needs and achieving productivity gains from our investments in technology. We face intense competition for qualified employees, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to attract and retain such employees or that such competition among potential employers will not result in increasing salaries. An inability to retain existing employees or attract additional employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We would be adversely affected if we fail to adequately plan for succession of our Chief Executive Officer, and senior management and retention of key executives. While we have succession plans in place and we have employment arrangements with certain key executives, these do not guarantee that the services of these executives will continue to be available to us.

 

A change in our health care product mix may impact our profitability.

 

Our health care products that involve greater potential risk generally tend to be more profitable than administrative services products and those health care products where the employer groups assume the underwriting risks. Individuals and small employer groups are more likely to purchase our higher-risk health care products because such purchasers are generally unable or unwilling to bear greater liability for health care expenditures. Typically, government-sponsored programs also involve our higher-risk health care products. A shift of enrollees from more profitable products to less profitable products could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

As a holding company, we are dependent on dividends from our subsidiaries. These dividends are necessary to pay our outstanding indebtedness. Our regulated subsidiaries are subject to state regulations, including restrictions on the payment of dividends, maintenance of minimum levels of capital and restrictions on investment portfolios.

 

We are a holding company whose assets include all of the outstanding shares of common stock of our subsidiaries including our intermediate holding companies and regulated insurance and HMO subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries are separate legal entities. As a holding company, we depend on dividends from our subsidiaries. Furthermore, our subsidiaries are not obligated to make funds available to us, and creditors of our subsidiaries will have a superior claim to certain of our subsidiaries’ assets. Among other restrictions, state insurance and HMO laws may restrict the ability of our regulated subsidiaries to pay dividends. In some states we have made special undertakings that may limit the ability of our regulated subsidiaries to pay dividends. In addition, our subsidiaries’ ability to make any payments to us will also depend on their earnings, the terms of their indebtedness, business and tax considerations and other legal restrictions. Our ability to repurchase shares or pay dividends in the future to our shareholders and meet our obligations, including paying operating expenses and debt service on our outstanding and future indebtedness, will depend upon the receipt of dividends from our subsidiaries. An inability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends in the future in an amount sufficient for us to meet our financial obligations may materially adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

28


Table of Contents

Most of our regulated subsidiaries are subject to RBC standards, imposed by their states of domicile. These laws are based on the RBC Model Act adopted by the NAIC and require our regulated subsidiaries to report their results of risk-based capital calculations to the departments of insurance and the NAIC. Failure to maintain the minimum RBC standards could subject our regulated subsidiaries to corrective action, including state supervision or liquidation. Our regulated subsidiaries are currently in compliance with the risk-based capital or other similar requirements imposed by their respective states of domicile. As discussed in more detail below, we are a party to license agreements with the BCBSA which contain certain requirements and restrictions regarding our operations, including minimum capital and liquidity requirements, which could restrict the ability of our regulated subsidiaries to pay dividends.

 

Our regulated subsidiaries are subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of our investment portfolios and limit the amount of investments in certain riskier investment categories, such as below-investment-grade fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans, real estate and equity investments, which could generate higher returns on our investments. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations might cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring statutory surplus and risk-based capital, and, in some instances, require the sale of those investments.

 

We have substantial indebtedness outstanding and may incur additional indebtedness in the future. Such indebtedness could also adversely affect our ability to pursue desirable business opportunities.

 

As of December 31, 2011, we had indebtedness outstanding of approximately $9,795.4 million and had available borrowing capacity of approximately $2,000.0 million under our senior revolving credit facility, which expires on September 29, 2016. Our debt service obligations require us to use a portion of our cash flow to pay interest and principal on debt instead of for other corporate purposes, including funding future expansion. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to service our debt obligations, we may be forced to seek extraordinary dividends from our subsidiaries, sell assets, seek additional equity or debt capital or restructure our debt. However, these measures might be unsuccessful or inadequate in permitting us to meet scheduled debt service obligations.

 

We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to restrictive covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility. Our breach or failure to comply with any of these covenants could result in a default under our credit agreement. If we default under our credit agreement, the lenders could cease to make further extensions of credit or cause all of our outstanding debt obligations under our credit agreement to become immediately due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If the indebtedness under our notes or our credit agreement is accelerated, we may be unable to repay or finance the amounts due. Indebtedness could also limit our ability to pursue desirable business opportunities, and may affect our ability to maintain an investment grade rating for our indebtedness.

 

We face risks related to litigation.

 

We are, or may in the future, be a party to a variety of legal actions that affect any business, such as employment and employment discrimination-related suits and administrative charges before government agencies, employee benefit claims, breach of contract actions, tort claims and intellectual property-related litigation. In addition, because of the nature of our business, we are subject to a variety of legal actions relating to our business operations, including the design, management and offering of our products and services. These could include claims relating to the denial of health care benefits; the rescission of health insurance policies; development or application of medical policy; medical malpractice actions; allegations of anti-competitive and unfair business activities; provider disputes over compensation; provider tiering programs; termination of provider contracts; self-funded business; disputes over co-payment calculations; reimbursement of out-of-network claims; the failure to disclose certain business or corporate governance practices; and customer audits and contract performance, including government contracts. We also may be required to participate in state

 

29


Table of Contents

insurance guaranty association programs, which could require us to pay a portion of policyholder claims of insolvent insurers. These actions or proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, we are also involved in, or may in the future be party to, pending or threatened litigation of the character incidental to the business transacted, arising out of our operations or our 2001 demutualization, including, but not limited to, breaches of security and violations of privacy requirements, shareholder actions, compliance with federal and state laws and regulations, or sales and acquisitions of businesses or assets, and are from time to time involved as a party in various governmental investigations, audits, reviews and administrative proceedings. These investigations, audits and reviews include routine and special investigations by various state insurance departments, state attorneys general and the U.S. Attorney General. Such investigations could result in the imposition of civil or criminal fines, penalties and other sanctions. Liabilities that may result from these actions could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations or financial position.

 

Recent court decisions and legislative activity may increase our exposure for any of these types of claims. In some cases, substantial non-economic, treble or punitive damages may be sought. We currently have insurance coverage for some of these potential liabilities. Other potential liabilities may not be covered by insurance, insurers may dispute coverage or the amount of insurance may not be enough to cover the damages awarded. In addition, certain types of damages, such as punitive damages, may not be covered by insurance, and insurance coverage for all or certain forms of liability may become unavailable or prohibitively expensive in the future. Any adverse judgment against us resulting in such damage awards could have an adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.

 

There are various risks associated with providing health care services.

 

Many states in which we operate our CareMore subsidiary limit the practice of medicine to licensed individuals or professional organizations comprised of licensed individuals. Business corporations generally may not exercise control over the medical decisions of physicians (“corporate practice of medicine”) and we are not licensed to practice medicine. Rules and regulations relating to the practice of medicine, fee-splitting between physicians and referral sources, and similar issues vary from state to state. Further, certain federal and state laws prohibit the offer, payment, solicitation, or receipt of any form of remuneration to induce, or in return for, the referral of patient care opportunities, including, but not limited to, Medicare patients, (“anti-kickback rules”) and also generally prohibit physicians from making referrals to any entity providing certain designated health services if the referring physician or related person has an ownership or financial interest in the entity (“self-referral rules”).

 

We believe that our health care service operations comply with applicable rules and regulations regarding the corporate practice of medicine, fee-splitting, anti-kickback, self-referral and similar issues. However, any enforcement actions by governmental officials alleging non-compliance with these rules and regulations could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition or results of operations.

 

The direct provision of health care services also involves risks of additional litigation arising from medical malpractice actions based on our treatment decisions or brought against us or our physician associates for alleged malpractice or professional liability claims arising out of the delivery of health care and related services. In addition, liability may arise from maintaining health care premises that serve the public. If we fail to maintain adequate insurance coverage for these liabilities, or if such insurance is not available, the resulting costs could adversely affect our cash flows, financial condition or results of operations.

 

30


Table of Contents

We are a party to license agreements with the BCBSA that entitle us to the exclusive and in certain areas non-exclusive use of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks in our geographic territories. The termination of these license agreements or changes in the terms and conditions of these license agreements could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We use the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks as identifiers for our products and services under licenses from the BCBSA. Our license agreements with the BCBSA contain certain requirements and restrictions regarding our operations and our use of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks, including: minimum capital and liquidity requirements imposed by the BCBSA; enrollment and customer service performance requirements; participation in programs that provide portability of membership between plans; disclosures to the BCBSA relating to enrollment and financial conditions; disclosures as to the structure of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield system in contracts with third parties and in public statements; plan governance requirements; a requirement that at least 80% (or, in the case of Blue Cross of California, substantially all) of a licensee’s annual combined local net revenue, as defined by the BCBSA, attributable to health benefit plans within its service areas must be sold, marketed, administered or underwritten under the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks; a requirement that at least 66 2/3% of a licensee’s annual combined national net revenue, as defined by the BCBSA, attributable to health benefit plans must be sold, marketed, administered or underwritten under the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks; a requirement that neither a plan nor any of its licensed affiliates may permit an entity other than a plan or a licensed affiliate to obtain control of the plan or the licensed affiliate or to acquire a substantial portion of its assets related to licensable services; a requirement that we divide our Board of Directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms; a requirement that we guarantee certain contractual and financial obligations of our licensed affiliates; and a requirement that we indemnify the BCBSA against any claims asserted against it resulting from the contractual and financial obligations of any subsidiary that serves as a fiscal intermediary providing administrative services for Medicare Parts A and B. Failure to comply with the foregoing requirements could result in a termination of the license agreements.

 

The standards under the license agreements may be modified in certain instances by the BCBSA. For example, from time to time there have been proposals considered by the BCBSA to modify the terms of the license agreements to restrict various potential business activities of licensees. These proposals have included, among other things, a limitation on the ability of a licensee to make its provider networks available to insurance carriers or other entities not holding a Blue Cross or Blue Shield license. To the extent that such amendments to the license agreements are adopted in the future, they could have a material adverse effect on our future expansion plans or results of operations. Further, BCBS licensees have certain requirements to perform administrative services for members of other BCBS licensees. If we or another BCBS licensee is not in compliance with all legal requirements or are unable to perform administrative services as required, this could have an adverse effect on our members and our ability to maintain our licenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Upon the occurrence of an event causing termination of the license agreements, we would no longer have the right to use the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks in one or more of our service areas. Furthermore, the BCBSA would be free to issue a license to use the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks in these service areas to another entity. Events that could cause the termination of a license agreement with the BCBSA include failure to comply with minimum capital requirements imposed by the BCBSA, a change of control or violation of the BCBSA ownership limitations on our capital stock, impending financial insolvency and the appointment of a trustee or receiver or the commencement of any action against a licensee seeking its dissolution. We believe that the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks are valuable identifiers of our products and services in the marketplace. Accordingly, termination of the license agreements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Upon termination of a license agreement, the BCBSA would impose a “Re-establishment Fee” upon us, which would allow the BCBSA to “re-establish” a Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield presence in the vacated service area. Through December 31, 2011 the fee was set at $98.33 per licensed enrollee. As of December 31, 2011 we

 

31


Table of Contents

reported 29.0 million Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield enrollees. If the Re-establishment Fee was applied to our total Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield enrollees, we would be assessed approximately $2.9 billion by the BCBSA.

 

Large-scale medical emergencies may have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Large-scale medical emergencies can take many forms and can cause widespread illness and death. For example, federal and state law enforcement officials have issued warnings about potential terrorist activity involving biological and other weapons. In addition, natural disasters such as hurricanes and the potential for a wide-spread pandemic of influenza coupled with the lack of availability of appropriate preventative medicines can have a significant impact on the health of the population of wide-spread areas. If the United States were to experience widespread bioterrorism or other attacks, large-scale natural disasters in our concentrated coverage areas or a large-scale pandemic or epidemic, our covered medical expenses could rise and we could experience a material adverse effect on our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations or, in the event of extreme circumstances, our viability could be threatened.

 

We have built a significant portion of our current business through mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic alliances and we expect to pursue such opportunities in the future.

 

The following are some of the risks associated with mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures and strategic alliances (collectively, “business combinations”) that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:

 

   

some of the acquired businesses may not achieve anticipated revenues, earnings or cash flow;

 

   

we may establish goodwill or other intangible assets as a result of a future business combination, which may be incorrectly valued or become non-recoverable;

 

   

we may assume liabilities that were not disclosed to us or which were under-estimated;

 

   

we may be unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully, or as quickly as expected, and realize anticipated economic, operational and other benefits in a timely manner, which could result in substantial costs and delays or other operational, technical or financial problems;

 

   

business combinations could disrupt our ongoing business, distract management, divert resources and make it difficult to maintain our current business standards, controls and procedures;

 

   

we may finance future business combinations by issuing common stock for some or all of the purchase price, which could dilute the ownership interests of our shareholders;

 

   

we may also incur additional debt related to future business combinations; and

 

   

we would be competing with other firms, some of which may have greater financial and other resources, to acquire attractive companies.

 

The value of our intangible assets may become impaired.

 

Due largely to our past mergers and acquisitions, goodwill and other intangible assets represent a substantial portion of our assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets were approximately $21,790.4 million as of December 31, 2011, representing approximately 42% of our total assets and 94% of our consolidated shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2011. If we make additional acquisitions it is likely that we will record additional intangible assets on our consolidated balance sheets.

 

In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we periodically evaluate our goodwill and other intangible assets to determine whether all or a portion of their carrying values may no longer be recoverable, in which case a charge to income may be necessary. This impairment testing requires us to make assumptions and

 

32


Table of Contents

judgments regarding the estimated fair value of our reporting units, including goodwill and other intangible assets (with indefinite lives). In addition, certain other intangible assets with indefinite lives, such as trademarks, are also tested separately. Estimated fair values developed based on our assumptions and judgments might be significantly different if other reasonable assumptions and estimates were to be used. If estimated fair values are less than the carrying values of goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives in future impairment tests, or if significant impairment indicators are noted relative to other intangible assets subject to amortization, we may be required to record impairment losses against future income.

 

Any future evaluations requiring an impairment of our goodwill and other intangible assets could materially affect our results of operations and shareholders’ equity in the period in which the impairment occurs. A material decrease in shareholders’ equity could, in turn, negatively impact our debt ratings or potentially impact our compliance with existing debt covenants.

 

In addition, the estimated value of our reporting units may be impacted as a result of business decisions we make associated with the implementation of the various Health Care Reform regulations. Such decisions, which could unfavorably affect our ability to support the carrying value of certain goodwill and other intangible assets, could result in impairment charges in future periods.

 

We may not be able to realize the value of our deferred tax assets.

 

In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we separately recognize deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. Such deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities represent the tax effect of temporary differences between financial reporting and tax reporting measured at tax rates enacted at the time the deferred tax asset or liability is recorded.

 

At each financial reporting date, we evaluate our deferred tax assets to determine the likely realization of the benefit of the temporary differences. Our evaluation includes a review of the types of temporary differences that created the deferred tax asset; the amount of taxes paid on both capital gains and ordinary income in prior periods and available for a carry-back claim; the forecasted future taxable income, and therefore, the likely future deduction of the deferred tax item; and any other significant issues that might impact the realization of the deferred tax asset. If it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset may not be realized, we establish a valuation allowance. Significant judgment is required in determining an appropriate valuation allowance.

 

Any future increase in the valuation allowance would result in additional income tax expense and a decrease in shareholders’ equity, which could materially affect our financial position and results of operations in the period in which the increase occurs. A material decrease in shareholders’ equity could, in turn, negatively impact our debt ratings or potentially impact our compliance with existing debt covenants.

 

An unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential member information could have an adverse effect on our business, reputation and profitability.

 

As part of our normal operations, we collect, process and retain sensitive and confidential member information. We are subject to various federal, state and international laws and rules regarding the use and disclosure of sensitive or confidential member information, including HIPAA and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Despite the security measures we have in place to help ensure compliance with applicable laws and rules, our facilities and systems, and those of our third party service providers, may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors or other similar events. Noncompliance with any privacy or security laws and regulations or any security breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential member information, whether by us or by one of our vendors, could result in enforcement actions, material fines and penalties, litigation or other actions which could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation and results of operations.

 

33


Table of Contents

The failure to effectively maintain and upgrade our information systems could adversely affect our business.

 

Our business depends significantly on effective information systems, and we have many different information systems for our various businesses. As a result of our merger and acquisition activities, we have acquired additional systems. Our information systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain and enhance existing systems and develop new systems in order to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving industry and regulatory standards, compliance with legal requirements (such as a new set of standardized diagnostic codes, known as ICD-10), and changing customer preferences. In addition, we may from time to time obtain significant portions of our systems-related or other services or facilities from independent third parties, which may make our operations vulnerable to such third parties’ failure to perform adequately.

 

Our failure to maintain effective and efficient information systems, or our failure to efficiently and effectively consolidate our information systems to eliminate redundant or obsolete applications, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If the information we rely upon to run our business were found to be inaccurate or unreliable or if we fail to maintain our information systems and data integrity effectively, we could have a decrease in membership, have problems in determining medical cost estimates and establishing appropriate pricing and reserves, have disputes with customers and providers, have regulatory problems, sanctions or penalties imposed, have increases in operating expenses or suffer other adverse consequences. In addition, federal regulations require that we begin using ICD-10 by October 2013, which will require significant information technology investment. If we fail to adequately implement ICD-10, we may incur losses with respect to the resources invested and have other material adverse effects on our business and results of operations. Also, as we convert or migrate members to our more efficient and effective systems, the risk of disruption in our customer service is increased during the migration or conversion process and such disruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are working towards becoming a premier e-business organization by modernizing interactions with customers, brokers, agents, providers, employees and other stakeholders through web-enabling technology and redesigning internal operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to fully realize our e-business vision. The failure to maintain successful e-business capabilities could result in competitive and cost disadvantages to us as compared to our competitors.

 

We are dependent on the success of our relationship with a large vendor for a significant portion of our information system resources and certain other vendors for various other services.

 

We have an agreement with International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM, pursuant to which we outsourced a significant portion of our data center operations and certain core applications development. We are dependent upon IBM for these support functions. The IBM agreement includes service level agreements, or SLAs, related to issues such as performance and job disruption, with significant financial penalties if these SLAs are not met, as well as termination assistance provisions obligating IBM to provide services during periods following transitions or terminations. If our relationship with IBM is significantly disrupted for any reason, we may not be able to find an alternative partner in a timely manner or on acceptable financial terms. As a result, we may not be able to meet the demands of our customers and, in turn, our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed. We may not be adequately indemnified against all possible losses through the terms and conditions of the IBM agreement. In addition, some of our termination rights are contingent upon payment of a fee, which may be significant.

 

We entered into a ten-year contract for Express Scripts to provide PBM services to our members in connection with the sale of our PBM business to Express Scripts in December 2009. Express Scripts is now the exclusive provider of certain specified pharmacy benefits management services, such as pharmacy network management, home delivery, pharmacy customer service, claims processing, rebate management, drug utilization

 

34


Table of Contents

and specialty pharmaceutical management services. Accordingly, the agreement contains certain financial and operational requirements obligating both Express Scripts and us. The failure of either party to meet the respective agreements could potentially serve as a basis for early termination of the contract. If this relationship was terminated for any reason, we may not be able to find alternative partners in a timely manner or on acceptable financial terms. As a result, we may not be able to meet the full demands of our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation and results of operations. In addition, our failure to meet certain minimum script volume requirements may result in financial penalties that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

We have also entered into agreements with certain vendors pursuant to which we have outsourced certain back-office functions. If any of these vendor relationships were terminated for any reason, we may not be able to find an alternative partner in a timely manner or on acceptable financial terms. In addition, if for any reason there is a business continuity interruption resulting from loss of access to or availability of data, the physical location, technological resources and/or adequate human assets, we may not be able to meet the full demands of our customers and, in turn, our business, cash flow, financial conditions and results of operations may be unfavorably impacted.

 

Indiana law, and other applicable laws, and our articles of incorporation and bylaws, may prevent or discourage takeovers and business combinations that our shareholders might consider in their best interest.

 

Indiana law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws may delay, defer, prevent or render more difficult a takeover attempt that our shareholders might consider in their best interests. For instance, they may prevent our shareholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

 

We are regulated as an insurance holding company and subject to the insurance holding company acts of the states in which our insurance company subsidiaries are domiciled, as well as similar provisions included in the health statutes and regulations of certain states where these subsidiaries are regulated as managed care companies or HMOs. The insurance holding company acts and regulations and these similar health provisions restrict the ability of any person to obtain control of an insurance company or HMO without prior regulatory approval. Under those statutes and regulations, without such approval (or an exemption), no person may acquire any voting security of a domestic insurance company or HMO, or an insurance holding company which controls an insurance company or HMO, or merge with such a holding company, if as a result of such transaction such person would “control” the insurance holding company, insurance company or HMO. “Control” is generally defined as the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person and is presumed to exist if a person directly or indirectly owns or controls 10% or more of the voting securities of another person. Further, the Indiana business corporation law contains business combination provisions that, in general, prohibit for five years any business combination with a beneficial owner of 10% or more of our common stock unless the holder’s acquisition of the stock was approved in advance by our Board of Directors.

 

Our articles of incorporation restrict the beneficial ownership of our capital stock in excess of specific ownership limits. The ownership limits restrict beneficial ownership of our voting capital stock to less than 10% for institutional investors and less than 5% for non-institutional investors, both as defined in our articles of incorporation. Additionally, no person may beneficially own shares of our common stock representing a 20% or more ownership interest in us. These restrictions are intended to ensure our compliance with the terms of our licenses with the BCBSA. Our articles of incorporation prohibit ownership of our capital stock beyond these ownership limits without prior approval of a majority of our continuing directors (as defined in our articles of incorporation). In addition, as discussed above in the risk factor describing our license agreements with the BCBSA, such license agreements are subject to termination upon a change of control and re-establishment fees would be imposed upon termination of the license agreements.

 

35


Table of Contents

Certain other provisions included in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may also have anti-takeover effects and may delay, defer or prevent a takeover attempt that our shareholders might consider in their best interests. In particular, our articles of incorporation and bylaws: divide our Board of Directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms (which is also required by our license agreement with the BCBSA); permit our Board of Directors to determine the terms of and issue one or more series of preferred stock without further action by shareholders; restrict the maximum number of directors; limit the ability of shareholders to remove directors; impose restrictions on shareholders’ ability to fill vacancies on our Board of Directors; prohibit shareholders from calling special meetings of shareholders; impose advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and nominations of directors to be considered at meetings of shareholders; and prohibit shareholders from amending our bylaws.

 

We also face other risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, which include:

 

   

any requirement to restate financial results in the event of inappropriate application of accounting principles;

 

   

a significant failure of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

our inability to convert to international financial reporting standards, if required;

 

   

failure of our prevention and control systems related to employee compliance with internal policies, including data security;

 

   

provider fraud that is not prevented or detected and impacts our medical costs or those of self-insured customers;

 

   

failure to protect our proprietary information; and

 

   

failure of our corporate governance policies or procedures.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED SEC STAFF COMMENTS.

 

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 120 Monument Circle, Indianapolis, Indiana. In addition to this location, we have other principal operating facilities located in each of the 14 states where we operate as licensees of the BCBSA. A majority of these locations are leased properties. Our facilities support our various business segments. We believe that our properties are adequate and suitable for our business as presently conducted as well as for the foreseeable future.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

 

For information regarding our legal proceedings, see the “Litigation” and “Other Contingencies” sections of Note 14, “Commitments and Contingencies” to our unaudited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8. of this Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 4. (REMOVED AND RESERVED).

 

36


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

 

Market Prices

 

Our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “WLP.” On February 9, 2012, the closing price on the NYSE was $64.65. As of February 9, 2012, there were 89,802 shareholders of record of our common stock. The following table presents high and low sales prices for our common stock on the NYSE for the periods indicated.

 

    High      Low  

2011

    

First Quarter

  $ 70.00       $ 56.79   

Second Quarter

    81.92         67.34   

Third Quarter

    80.90         56.61   

Fourth Quarter

    71.78         60.44   

2010

    

First Quarter

  $ 70.00       $ 56.99   

Second Quarter

    65.81         48.86   

Third Quarter

    57.49         46.52   

Fourth Quarter

    61.00         52.93   

 

Dividends

 

Beginning in 2011, our Board of Directors established a shareholder dividend, declaring a quarterly cash dividend in the amount of $0.25 per share. On January 24, 2012, the Board of Directors increased the quarterly shareholder cash dividend to $0.2875 per share.

 

We regularly review the appropriate use of capital, including common stock repurchases and dividends to shareholders. The declaration and payment of any dividends or repurchases of common stock is at the discretion of our Board of Directors and depends upon our financial condition, results of operations, future liquidity needs, regulatory and capital requirements and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Further, our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders, if authorized by the Board of Directors, is significantly dependent upon the receipt of dividends from our subsidiaries, including Anthem Insurance Companies, Inc., Anthem Southeast, Inc., Anthem Holding Corp., WellPoint Holding Corp., WellPoint Acquisition, LLC, WellPoint Insurance Services, Inc., ATH Holding Company, LLC and SellCore, Inc. The payment of dividends by our insurance subsidiaries without prior approval of the insurance department of each subsidiary’s domiciliary jurisdiction is limited by formula. Dividends in excess of these amounts are subject to prior approval by the respective insurance departments.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The information required by this Item concerning securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is set forth in or incorporated by reference into Part III, Item 12. “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in this Form 10-K.

 

37


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

The following table presents information related to our repurchases of common stock for the periods indicated.

 

Period

  Total Number
of Shares
Purchased1 
    Average
Price Paid
per Share
     Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of
Publicly
Announced
Programs2 
    Approximate
Dollar Value
of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Programs
 

(In millions, except share and per share data)

        

October 1, 2011 to October 31, 2011

    2,199,204      $ 65.08        2,196,100      $ 4,876.4  

November 1, 2011 to November 30, 2011

    3,288,780        67.80        3,287,300        4,653.5  

December 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011

    4,817,661        66.39        4,817,100        4,333.7  
 

 

 

      

 

 

   
    10,305,645           10,300,500     
 

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

1 

Total number of shares purchased includes 5,145 shares delivered to or withheld by us in connection with employee payroll tax withholding upon exercise or vesting of stock awards. Stock grants to employees and directors and stock issued for stock option plans and stock purchase plans in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity are shown net of these shares purchased.

2 

Represents the number of shares repurchased through our repurchase program authorized by our Board of Directors. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we repurchased approximately 44.5 million shares at a cost of $3,039.8 million under the program. On February 3, February 22, May 17, August 25 and September 29, 2011, our Board of Directors authorized increases of $375.0 million, $1,100.0 million $500.0 million, $250.0 million, and $5,000.0 million, respectively, in our stock repurchase program.

 

38


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

 

The following Performance Graph and related information compares the cumulative total return to shareholders of our common stock for the period from December 31, 2006 through December 31, 2011, with the cumulative total return over such period of (i) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (the “S&P 500 Index”) and (ii) the Standard & Poor’s Managed Health Care Index (the “S&P Managed Health Care Index”). The graph assumes an investment of $100 on December 31, 2006 in each of our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Managed Health Care Index (and the reinvestment of all dividends).

 

The comparisons shown in the graph below are based on historical data and we caution that the stock price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of, and is not intended to forecast, the potential future performance of our common stock. Information used in the graph was obtained from Alliance Advisors, L.L.C., a source believed to be reliable, but we are not responsible for any errors or omissions in such information. The following graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting materials” or to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

 

LOGO

 

     December 31,  
     2006      2007      2008      2009      2010      2011  

WellPoint, Inc.

   $ 100      $ 111      $ 54      $ 74      $ 72      $ 85  

S&P 500 Index

     100        105        66        84        97        99  

S&P Managed Health Care Index

     100        116        52        66        72        97  

 

Based upon an initial investment of $100 on December 31, 2006 with dividends reinvested.

 

39


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

 

The table below provides selected consolidated financial data of WellPoint. The information has been derived from our consolidated financial statements for each of the years in the five year period ended December 31, 2011. You should read this selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 included in Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”, and Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this Form 10-K.

 

    As of and for the Years Ended December 31  
    20111     2010     20092     2008     20072  
(in millions, except where indicated and except per share data)                              

Income Statement Data

         

Total operating revenue3

  $ 59,865.2      $ 57,740.5     $ 60,740.0      $ 61,503.7     $ 60,094.0   

Total revenues

    60,710.7        58,698.5       64,939.5        61,175.6       61,106.3   

Net income

    2,646.7        2,887.1       4,745.9        2,490.7       3,345.4   

Per Share Data

         

Basic net income per share

  $ 7.35      $ 7.03     $ 9.96      $ 4.79     $ 5.64   

Diluted net income per share

    7.25        6.94       9.88        4.76       5.56   

Dividends per share (In whole dollars)

    1.00        —          —          —          —     

Other Data (unaudited)

         

Benefit expense ratio4

    85.1 %       83.2     83.6 %       84.5     83.2

Selling, general and administrative expense ratio5

    14.1 %       15.1     14.8 %       13.7     13.6

Income before income taxes as a percentage of total revenues

    6.5 %       7.4     11.4 %       5.1     8.6

Net income as a percentage of total revenues

    4.4 %       4.9     7.3 %       4.1     5.5

Medical membership (In thousands)

    34,251        33,323       33,670        35,049       34,809   

Balance Sheet Data

         

Cash and investments

  $ 20,596.9      $ 20,236.2     $ 22,588.4      $ 17,402.6     $ 21,249.8   

Total assets

    52,018.8        50,166.9       52,125.4        48,403.2       52,060.0   

Long-term debt, less current portion

    8,420.9        8,147.8       8,338.3        7,833.9       9,023.5   

Total liabilities

    28,730.6        26,354.3       27,262.1        26,971.5       29,069.6   

Total shareholders’ equity

    23,288.2        23,812.6       24,863.3        21,431.7       22,990.4   

 

1 

The net assets of and results of operations for CareMore Health Group, Inc. are included from its acquisition date of August 22, 2011.

2 

The net assets of and results of operations for DeCare Dental, LLC and Imaging Management Holdings, LLC are included from their respective acquisition dates of April 9, 2009 and August 1, 2007, respectively. The results of operations for our PBM business are included until its sale on December 1, 2009. The results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 includes pre-tax and after-tax gains related to the sale of our PBM business of $3,792.3 and $2,361.2, respectively.

3 

Operating revenue is obtained by adding premiums, administrative fees and other revenue.

4 

The benefit expense ratio represents benefit expenses as a percentage of premium revenue.

5 

The selling, general and administrative expense ratio represents selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total operating revenue.

 

40


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(In Millions, Except Per Share Data or As Otherwise Stated Herein)

 

References to the terms “we”, “our” or “us” used throughout this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A, refer to WellPoint, Inc., an Indiana corporation, and unless the context otherwise requires, its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

 

The structure of our MD&A is as follows:

 

I. Executive Summary

 

II. Overview

 

III. Significant Events

 

IV. Membership

 

V. Cost of Care

 

VI. Results of Operations

 

VII. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

VIII. Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

IX. Safe Harbor Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

 

This MD&A should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in this Form 10-K.

 

I.    Executive Summary

 

We are one of the largest health benefits companies in terms of medical membership in the United States, serving 34.3 medical members through our affiliated health plans and a total of 65.3 individuals through all subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011. We are an independent licensee of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association, or BCBSA, an association of independent health benefit plans. We serve our members as the Blue Cross licensee for California and as the Blue Cross and Blue Shield, or BCBS, licensee for: Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri (excluding 30 counties in the Kansas City area), Nevada, New Hampshire, New York (as BCBS in 10 New York City metropolitan and surrounding counties, and as Blue Cross or BCBS in selected upstate counties only), Ohio, Virginia (excluding the Northern Virginia suburbs of Washington, D.C.), and Wisconsin. In a majority of these service areas we do business as Anthem Blue Cross, Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Georgia, Empire Blue Cross Blue Shield, or Empire Blue Cross (in our New York service areas). We also serve customers throughout the country as UniCare and in certain California, Arizona and Nevada markets through our recently acquired CareMore Health Group, Inc., or CareMore, subsidiary. We are licensed to conduct insurance operations in all 50 states through our subsidiaries.

 

Operating revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $59,865.2, an increase of $2,124.7, or 3.7%, from the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting premium rate increases in our Commercial and Consumer segments designed to cover cost trends, as well as increased membership in our Senior business within our Consumer segment. These increases were partially offset by fully-insured membership declines and the conversion of two large accounts from fully-insured to self-funded status during 2010 in the Commercial segment. In addition, increased reimbursement from the Federal Employee Program, or FEP, business within our Other segment contributed to the increased operating revenue.

 

41


Table of Contents

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $2,646.7, a decrease of $240.4, or 8.3% from the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in net income was primarily driven by lower operating results in our Consumer segment, partially offset by improved operating results in our Other and Commercial segments and lower income tax expense.

 

Our fully-diluted earnings per share, or EPS, for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $7.25, an increase of $0.31, or 4.5% from the year ended December 31, 2010. Our fully-diluted shares for the year ended December 31, 2011 were 365.1, a decrease of 50.7, or 12.2% compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in EPS resulted primarily from the lower number of shares outstanding in 2011 due to share buyback activity under our share repurchase program, partially offset by the decline in net income.

 

Our results of operations discussed throughout this MD&A are determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We also calculate adjusted net income, adjusted EPS and operating gain, which are non-GAAP measures, to further aid investors in understanding and analyzing our core operating results and comparing them among periods. Adjusted net income and adjusted EPS exclude realized gains and losses on investments, other-than-temporary losses on investments recognized in income, impairment of other intangible assets and certain other items, if applicable, that we do not consider a part of our core operating results. Operating gain is calculated as total operating revenue less benefit expense, selling, general and administrative expense and cost of drugs. We use these measures as a basis for evaluating segment performance, allocating resources, setting incentive compensation targets and for forecasting future operating periods. This information is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income or diluted EPS prepared in accordance with GAAP, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. For additional details on operating gain, see our “Results of Operations” discussion included in this MD&A.

 

The table below reconciles net income and EPS calculated in accordance with GAAP to adjusted net income and adjusted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

    Years Ended
December 31
    Change     % Change  
  2011     2010      

Net income

  $ 2,646.7     $ 2,887.1     $ (240.4     (8.3 )% 

Less (net of tax):

       

Net realized gains on investments, net of tax expense of $82.3 and $68.4, respectively

    152.8       125.7       27.1    

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments, net of tax benefit of $32.7 and $13.9, respectively

    (60.6     (25.5     (35.1  

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, net of tax benefit of $0.0 and $7.4, respectively

    —          (13.7     13.7    
 

 

 

   

Adjusted net income

  $ 2,554.5     $ 2,800.6     $ (246.1     (8.8
 

 

 

   

EPS

  $ 7.25     $ 6.94     $ 0.31       4.5   

Less (net of tax):

       

Net realized gains on investments

    0.42       0.29       0.13    

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments

    (0.17     (0.06     (0.11  

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    —          (0.03     0.03    
 

 

 

   

Adjusted EPS

  $ 7.00     $ 6.74     $ 0.26       3.9   
 

 

 

   

 

Operating cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $3,374.4, or 1.3 times net income. Operating cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $1,416.7 and included a $1,208.0 tax payment in March 2010 to the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, related to the gain we realized on the sale of our pharmacy benefits management, or PBM, business on December 1, 2009. The increase in operating cash flow from 2010 of $1,957.7 was driven primarily by the $1,208.0 tax payment made in 2010.

 

42


Table of Contents

We intend to expand through a combination of organic growth, strategic acquisitions and efficient use of capital in both existing and new markets. Our growth strategy is designed to enable us to take advantage of additional economies of scale as well as providing us access to new and evolving technologies and products. In addition, we believe geographic and product diversity reduce our exposure to local or regional regulatory, economic and competitive pressures and provides us with increased opportunities for growth. While we have achieved strong growth as a result of strategic mergers and acquisitions, we have also achieved organic growth in our existing markets over time by providing excellent service, offering competitively priced products and effectively capitalizing on the brand strength of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield names and marks.

 

II.    Overview

 

We manage our operations through three reportable segments: Commercial, Consumer, and Other.

 

Our Commercial and Consumer segments both offer a diversified mix of managed care products, including preferred provider organizations, or PPOs; health maintenance organizations, or HMOs; traditional indemnity benefits and point-of-service plans, or POS plans; and a variety of hybrid benefit plans including consumer-driven health plans, or CDHPs, hospital only and limited benefit products.

 

Our Commercial segment includes Local Group (including UniCare), National Accounts and certain other ancillary business operations (dental, vision, life and disability and workers’ compensation). Business units in the Commercial segment offer fully-insured products and provide a broad array of managed care services to self-funded customers, including claims processing, underwriting, stop loss insurance, actuarial services, provider network access, medical cost management, disease management, wellness programs and other administrative services.

 

Our Consumer segment includes Senior, State-Sponsored and Individual businesses. Senior business includes services such as Medicare Advantage (including private fee-for-service plans and special needs plans), Medicare Part D, and Medicare Supplement, while State-Sponsored business includes our managed care alternatives for Medicaid and State Children’s Health Insurance Plan programs. Individual business includes individual customers under age 65 and their covered dependents.

 

Our Other segment includes the Comprehensive Health Solutions business unit, or CHS, that brings together our resources focused on optimizing the quality of health care, the clinical consumer experience and cost of care management. CHS included our PBM business until its sale to Express Scripts, Inc., or Express Scripts, on December 1, 2009, and also includes provider relations, care and disease management, employee assistance programs, including behavioral health, radiology benefit management and analytics-driven, evidence-based personal health care guidance. Our Other segment also contains results from our Federal Government Solutions, or FGS, business. FGS business includes FEP and National Government Services, Inc., or NGS, which acts as a Medicare contractor in several regions across the nation. The Other segment also includes other businesses that do not meet the quantitative thresholds for an operating segment as defined in Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, guidance for disclosures about segments of an enterprise and related information, as well as intersegment sales and expense eliminations and corporate expenses not allocated to the other reportable segments.

 

Our operating revenue consists of premiums, administrative fees and other revenue. Premium revenue comes from fully-insured contracts where we indemnify our policyholders against costs for covered health and life benefits. Administrative fees come from contracts where our customers are self-insured, or where the fee is based on either processing of transactions or a percent of network discount savings realized. Additionally, we earn administrative fee revenues from our Medicare processing business and from other health-related businesses including disease management programs. Other revenue was principally generated from member co-payments and deductibles associated with the mail-order sale of drugs by our PBM business prior to its sale on December 1, 2009.

 

43


Table of Contents

Our benefit expense primarily includes costs of care for health services consumed by our members, such as outpatient care, inpatient hospital care, professional services (primarily physician care) and pharmacy benefit costs. All four components are affected both by unit costs and utilization rates. Unit costs include the cost of outpatient medical procedures per visit, inpatient hospital care per admission, physician fees per office visit and prescription drug prices. Utilization rates represent the volume of consumption of health services and typically vary with the age and health status of our members and their social and lifestyle choices, along with clinical protocols and medical practice patterns in each of our markets. A portion of benefit expense recognized in each reporting period consists of actuarial estimates of claims incurred but not yet paid by us. Any changes in these estimates are recorded in the period the need for such an adjustment arises. While we offer a diversified mix of managed care products, including PPO, HMO, POS and CDHP products, our aggregate cost of care can fluctuate based on a change in the overall mix of these products.

 

We classify certain claims-related costs as benefit expense to reflect costs incurred for our members’ traditional medical care, as well as those expenses which improve our members’ health and medical outcomes. These claims-related costs may be comprised of expenses incurred for: (i) medical management, including case and utilization management; (ii) health and wellness, including disease management services for such things as diabetes, high-risk pregnancies, congestive heart failure and asthma management and wellness initiatives like weight-loss programs and smoking cessation treatments; and (iii) clinical health policy. These types of claims-related costs are designed to ultimately lower our members’ cost of care.

 

Our selling expense consists of external broker commission expenses, and generally varies with premium or membership volume. Our general and administrative expense consists of fixed and variable costs. Examples of fixed costs are depreciation, amortization and certain facilities expenses. Other costs are variable or discretionary in nature. Certain variable costs, such as premium taxes, vary directly with premium volume. Other variable costs, such as salaries and benefits, do not vary directly with changes in premium, but are more aligned with changes in membership. The acquisition or loss of a significant block of business would likely impact staffing levels, and thus associate compensation expense. Examples of discretionary costs include professional and consulting expenses and advertising. Other factors can impact our administrative cost structure, including systems efficiencies, inflation and changes in productivity.

 

Our cost of drugs historically consisted of the amounts we paid to pharmaceutical companies for the drugs we sold via mail order through our PBM and specialty pharmacy companies until the sale of our PBM operations on December 1, 2009. This amount excluded the cost of drugs related to affiliated health customers recorded in benefit expense. Our cost of drugs was influenced by the volume of prescriptions in our PBM business, as well as cost changes, driven by prices set by pharmaceutical companies and the mix of drugs sold. Following the sale of our PBM business to Express Scripts, we no longer record any cost of drugs on our income statement.

 

Our results of operations depend in large part on our ability to accurately predict and effectively manage health care costs through effective contracting with providers of care to our members and our medical management and health and wellness programs. Several economic factors related to health care costs, such as regulatory mandates of coverage as well as direct-to-consumer advertising by providers and pharmaceutical companies, have a direct impact on the volume of care consumed by our members. The potential effect of escalating health care costs, any changes in our ability to negotiate competitive rates with our providers and any regulatory or market driven restrictions on our ability to obtain adequate premium rates to offset overall inflation in health care costs, including increases in unit costs and utilization resulting from the aging of the population and other demographics, as well as advances in medical technology, may impose further risks to our ability to profitably underwrite our business, and may have a material impact on our results of operations.

 

Our future results of operations will also be impacted by certain external forces and resulting changes in our business model and strategy. In 2010, the U.S. Congress passed and the President signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, as well as the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or HCERA, or collectively, Health Care Reform, which represents significant changes to the current U.S. health care system. The legislation is far-reaching and is intended to expand access to health insurance coverage

 

44


Table of Contents

over time by increasing the eligibility thresholds for most state Medicaid programs and providing certain other individuals and small businesses with tax credits to subsidize a portion of the cost of health insurance coverage. The legislation includes a requirement that most individuals obtain health insurance coverage beginning in 2014 and also a requirement that certain large employers offer coverage to their employees or pay a financial penalty. In addition, the new laws include certain new taxes and fees, including an excise tax on high premium insurance policies, limitations on the amount of compensation that is tax deductible and new fees on companies in our industry, some of which will not be deductible for income tax purposes.

 

The legislation also imposes new regulations on the health insurance sector, including, but not limited to, guaranteed coverage requirements, prohibitions on some annual and all lifetime limits on amounts paid on behalf of or to our members, increased restrictions on rescinding coverage, establishment of minimum medical loss ratio requirements, a requirement to cover preventive services on a first dollar basis, the establishment of state insurance exchanges and essential benefit packages and greater limitations on how we price certain of our products. The legislation also reduces the reimbursement levels for health plans participating in the Medicare Advantage program over time.

 

These and other provisions of Health Care Reform are likely to have significant effects on our future operations, which, in turn, could impact the value of our business model and results of operations, including potential impairments of our goodwill and other intangible assets. We will continue to evaluate the impact of Health Care Reform as additional guidance is made available.

 

There are currently constitutional challenges to the Health Care Reform legislation. If certain portions of the legislation are declared unconstitutional, such as the individual obligation to purchase insurance, while other portions are upheld, such as the guaranteed coverage requirements and the greater limitations on how we price certain of our products, this could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations. For additional discussion regarding Health Care Reform, see Part I, Item 1. “Business—Regulation” and Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.

 

In addition, federal and state regulatory agencies may further restrict our ability to obtain new product approvals, implement changes in premium rates or impose additional restrictions, under new or existing laws that could adversely affect our business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations.

 

As a result of Health Care Reform, the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, issued guidance specifying the types of costs that should be included in benefit expense for purposes of calculating medical loss ratios. This definition varied from our prior classification under GAAP. Where appropriate, we have adopted this revised classification effective January 1, 2011 to further align our GAAP basis classification to that used in the calculation for determining medical loss ratios under the HHS guidance. However, certain components of the medical loss ratio computation as defined by HHS cannot be classified consistently under GAAP. Accordingly, benefit expense ratios shown in our GAAP basis presentation are different than the medical loss ratios in accordance with HHS guidance for purposes of calculating rebates. Prior period amounts have not been reclassified due to immateriality.

 

In addition to external forces discussed in the preceding paragraphs, our results of operations are impacted by levels and mix of membership. Since 2008, we experienced membership declines due to unfavorable economic conditions driving increased unemployment. During 2011, this trend reversed and our overall membership increased. However, we expect unemployment levels will remain high throughout 2012, which will likely impact our ability to maintain current membership levels. In addition, we believe the self-insured portion of our group membership base will continue to increase as a percentage of total group membership. These membership trends could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations. Also see Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.

 

The National Organization of Life & Health Insurance Guaranty Associations, or NOLHGA, is a voluntary association consisting of the state life and health insurance guaranty organizations located throughout the U.S. State life and health insurance guaranty organizations, working together with NOLHGA, provide a safety net for

 

45


Table of Contents

their state’s policyholders, ensuring that they continue to receive coverage even if their insurer is declared insolvent. We are aware that the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner, or Insurance Commissioner, has placed Penn Treaty Network America Insurance Company and its subsidiary American Network Insurance Company, or collectively Penn Treaty, in rehabilitation, an intermediate action before insolvency. The Insurance Commissioner has petitioned the state court for liquidation; however, we do not know when a decision will be made, although we believe it is likely the state court will rule within the next twelve months. In the event that Penn Treaty is declared insolvent and placed in liquidation, we and other insurers may be required to pay a portion of their policyholder claims through state guaranty association assessments in future periods. Given the uncertainty around whether Penn Treaty will ultimately be declared insolvent and, if so, the amount of the insolvency, the amount and timing of any associated future guaranty fund assessments and the availability and amount of any potential premium tax and other offsets, we currently cannot estimate our net exposure, if any, to this potential insolvency. We will continue to monitor the situation and may record a liability and expense in future reporting periods, which could be material to our cash flows and results of operations.

 

III.    Significant Events

 

The more significant events that have occurred over the last three years that have impacted or will impact our capital structure or that have or will influence how we conduct our business operations include:

 

   

Use of Capital—Board of Directors declaration of dividends on common stock (2011) and authorization for repurchases of our common stock (2011 and prior)

 

   

Acquisition of CareMore (2011)

 

   

Sale of our PBM business to Express Scripts, Inc., or Express Scripts (2009)

 

   

Acquisition of DeCare Dental, LLC, or DeCare (2009)

 

For additional information regarding these events, see Note 3, “Business Combinations and Divestitures,” and Note 15, “Capital Stock,” to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in this Form 10-K.

 

IV.    Membership

 

Our medical membership includes seven different customer types: Local Group, National Accounts, BlueCard®, Individual, Senior, State-Sponsored and Federal Employee Program, or FEP. BCBS-branded business generally refers to members in our service areas licensed by the BCBSA. Non-BCBS-branded business refers to members in our non-BCBS UniCare and CareMore plans.

 

   

Local Group consists of those employer customers with less than 5% of eligible employees located outside of the headquarter state, as well as customers with more than 5% of eligible employees located outside of the headquarter state with up to 5,000 eligible employees. In addition, Local Group includes UniCare local group members. These groups are generally sold through brokers or consultants working with industry specialists from our in-house sales force. Local Group insurance premiums may be based on claims incurred by the group or sold on a self-insured basis. The customer’s buying decision is typically based upon the size and breadth of our networks, customer service, the quality of our medical management services, the administrative cost included in our quoted price, our financial stability, reputation and our ability to effectively service large complex accounts. Local Group accounted for 44.4%, 45.7% and 46.5% of our medical members at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

   

National Accounts generally consist of multi-state employer groups primarily headquartered in a WellPoint service area with at least 5% of the eligible employees located outside of the headquarter state and with more than 5,000 eligible employees. Some exceptions are allowed based on broker relationships. Service area is defined as the geographic area in which we are licensed to sell BCBS products. National Accounts are generally sold through independent brokers or consultants retained by

 

46


Table of Contents
 

the customer working with our in-house sales force. We have a significant advantage when competing for very large National Accounts due to the size and breadth of our networks and our ability to access the national provider networks of BCBS companies and take advantage of their provider discounts in their local markets. National Accounts represented 21.6%, 21.1% and 20.2% of our medical members at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

   

BlueCard® host customers represent enrollees of Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield plans not owned by WellPoint who receive health care services in our BCBSA licensed markets. BlueCard® membership consists of estimated host members using the national BlueCard program. Host members are generally members who reside in or travel to a state in which a WellPoint subsidiary is the Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield licensee and who are covered under an employer-sponsored health plan issued by a non-WellPoint controlled BCBSA licensee (i.e., the “home plan”). We perform certain administrative functions for BlueCard® members, for which we receive administrative fees from the BlueCard® members’ home plans. Other administrative functions, including maintenance of enrollment information and customer service, are performed by the home plan. Host members are computed using, among other things, the average number of BlueCard® claims received per month. BlueCard® host membership accounted for 14.4%, 14.1% and 14.1% of our medical members at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

   

Individual consists of individual customers under age 65 (including UniCare) and their covered dependents. Individual policies are generally sold through independent agents and brokers, our in-house sales force or via the Internet. Individual business is sold on a fully-insured basis and is usually medically underwritten at the point of initial issuance. Individual customers are generally more sensitive to product pricing and, to a lesser extent, the configuration of the network, and the efficiency of administration. Account turnover is generally higher with Individual as compared to Local Groups. Individual business accounted for 5.4%, 5.7% and 6.3% of our medical members at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

   

Senior customers are Medicare-eligible individual members age 65 and over who have enrolled in Medicare Advantage, a managed care alternative for the Medicare program, who have purchased Medicare Supplement benefit coverage, some disabled under 65, or all ages with End Stage Renal Disease. Medicare Supplement policies are sold to Medicare recipients as supplements to the benefits they receive from the Medicare program. Rates are filed with and in some cases approved by state insurance departments. Most of the premium for Medicare Advantage is paid directly by the Federal government on behalf of the participant who may also be charged a small premium. Medicare Supplement and Medicare Advantage products are marketed in the same manner, primarily through independent agents and brokers. Senior business accounted for 4.3%, 3.8% and 3.6% of our medical members at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

   

State-Sponsored membership represents eligible members with State-Sponsored managed care alternatives in Medicaid and State Children’s Health Insurance Plan programs. Total State-Sponsored program business accounted for 5.5%, 5.3% and 5.1% of our medical members at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

   

FEP members consist of United States government employees and their dependents within our geographic markets through our participation in the national contract between the BCBSA and the U.S. Office of Personnel Management. FEP business accounted for 4.4%, 4.3% and 4.1% of our medical members at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

In addition to reporting our medical membership by customer type, we report by funding arrangement according to the level of risk that we assume in the product contract. Our two principal funding arrangement categories are fully-insured and self-funded. Fully-insured products are products in which we indemnify our policyholders against costs for health benefits. Self-funded products are offered to customers, generally larger employers, who elect to retain most or all of the financial risk associated with their employees’ health care costs. Some self-funded customers choose to purchase stop-loss coverage to limit their retained risk.

 

47


Table of Contents

The following table presents our medical membership by customer type, funding arrangement and reportable segment as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Also included below is other membership by product. The medical membership and other membership presented are unaudited and in certain instances include estimates of the number of members represented by each contract at the end of the period.

 

    December 31      2011 vs. 2010     2010 vs. 2009  
    2011      2010      2009      Change     % Change     Change     % Change  
(In thousands)                                             

Medical Membership

                

Customer Type

                

Local Group

    15,212        15,216        15,643        (4     —       (427     (2.7 )% 

National:

                

National Accounts

    7,401        7,029        6,813        372       5.3       216       3.2  

BlueCard®

    4,935        4,711        4,744        224       4.8       (33     (0.7
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total National

    12,336        11,740        11,557        596       5.1       183       1.6  

Individual

    1,846        1,905        2,131        (59     (3.1     (226     (10.6

Senior

    1,471        1,259        1,215        212       16.8       44       3.6  

State-Sponsored

    1,867        1,756        1,733        111       6.3       23       1.3  

FEP

    1,519        1,447        1,391        72       5.0       56       4.0  
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Medical Membership by Customer Type

    34,251        33,323        33,670        928       2.8       (347     (1.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Funding Arrangement

                

Self-Funded

    20,506        19,590        18,236        916       4.7       1,354       7.4  

Fully-Insured

    13,745        13,733        15,434        12       0.1       (1,701     (11.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Medical Membership by Funding Arrangement

    34,251        33,323        33,670        928       2.8       (347     (1.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Reportable Segment

                

Commercial

    27,548        26,959        27,356        589       2.2       (397     (1.5

Consumer

    5,184        4,917        4,923        267       5.4       (6     (0.1

Other

    1,519        1,447        1,391        72       5.0       56       4.0  
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total Medical Membership by Reportable Segment

    34,251        33,323        33,670        928       2.8       (347     (1.0
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Other Membership

                

Behavioral Health

    25,135        23,963        22,965        1,172       4.9       998       4.3  

Life and Disability

    5,012        5,201        5,393        (189     (3.6     (192     (3.6

Dental

    4,046        4,007        4,284        39       1.0       (277     (6.5

Managed dental1 

    4,162        4,272        3,949        (110     (2.6     323       8.2  

Vision

    3,783        3,508        3,088        275       7.8       420       13.6  

Medicare Part D

    1,242        1,248        1,509        (6     (0.5     (261     (17.3

 

1

Managed dental membership includes members for which we provide administrative services only.

 

December 31, 2011 Compared to December 31, 2010

 

Medical Membership (in thousands)

 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, total medical membership increased 928, or 2.8%, primarily due to increases in our National Accounts and BlueCard® membership, and to a lesser degree, increases in our Senior, State-Sponsored and FEP membership. In addition, a portion of the increase is attributable to new federal regulations associated with Health Care Reform requiring coverage of dependents up to age 26. These increases were partially offset by declines in our Individual and Local Group businesses.

 

48


Table of Contents

Self-funded medical membership increased 916, or 4.7%, primarily due to increases in self-funded National Account and Local Group membership resulting from additional sales and conversions from fully-insured to self-funded arrangements, partially offset by declines in self-funded non-BCBSA-branded business.

 

Fully-insured membership increased 12, or 0.1%, primarily due to Senior Medicare Advantage, FEP and State-Sponsored membership increases, partially offset by conversions from fully-insured to self-funded arrangements and declines in Individual, National and Local Group fully-insured membership.

 

Local Group membership decreased 4, or less than 1.0%, primarily due to membership declines in our non-BCBSA-branded membership, nearly offset by increases in BCBSA-branded membership due to new sales.

 

National Accounts membership increased 372, or 5.3%, primarily driven by additional sales reflective of our extensive and cost-effective provider networks and a broad and innovative product portfolio. In addition, the new federal regulations requiring coverage of dependents up to age 26 also contributed to the increase.

 

BlueCard® membership increased 224, or 4.8%, primarily due to increased utilization by other BCBSA licensee members who reside in or travel to our licensed areas.

 

Individual membership decreased 59, or 3.1%, primarily due to a decline in BCBSA-branded business resulting from competitive pressures and delayed product approvals for new Health Care Reform compliant products in California.

 

Senior membership increased 212, or 16.8%, primarily due to increases in our Medicare Advantage plans, including additional Medicare Advantage membership resulting from our acquisition of CareMore, and to a lesser extent, increases in our Medicare Supplement membership.

 

State-Sponsored membership increased 111, or 6.3%, primarily due to growth in Indiana, South Carolina, Kansas and California.

 

FEP membership increased 72, or 5.0%, primarily due to new federal regulations requiring coverage of dependents up to age 26.

 

Other Membership (in thousands)

 

Our Other products are often ancillary to our health business, and can therefore be impacted by corresponding changes in our medical membership.

 

Behavioral health membership increased 1,172, or 4.9%, primarily due to new sales to several major accounts in our National Accounts business, increased Medicare Advantage and State-Sponsored medical membership and a change in methodology of how we report certain portions of the behavioral health membership.

 

Life and disability membership decreased 189, or 3.6%, primarily due to lapses in our National Accounts business. Life and disability products are generally offered as a part of Commercial medical fully-insured membership sales.

 

Dental membership increased 39, or 1.0%, primarily due to new sales resulting from the introduction of new product offerings and, to a lesser extent, our acquisition of a dental benefits plan in December 2011.

 

Managed dental membership decreased 110, or 2.6%, primarily due to the termination of a contract in the North Carolina market.

 

49


Table of Contents

Vision membership increased 275, or 7.8%, primarily due to strong sales and market penetration of our Blue View vision product within the Local Group markets and embedding of vision benefits in certain of our Consumer products, partially offset by lapses.

 

Medicare Part D membership decreased 6, or 0.5%, primarily due to lapses in Low Income Subsidy membership in 2011, largely offset by new membership associated with the increase in our Medicare Advantage medical membership, including additional Medicare Advantage medical membership resulting from our acquisition of CareMore.

 

December 31, 2010 Compared to December 31, 2009

 

Medical Membership (in thousands)

 

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, total medical membership decreased 347, or 1.0%, primarily due to decreases in Local Group (including UniCare) and Individual non-BCBSA-branded membership resulting from the transition of certain UniCare members to Health Care Service Corporation, or HCSC, beginning January 1, 2010. These declines were partially offset by increases in our National Accounts, FEP, Senior and State Sponsored membership.

 

Self-funded medical membership increased 1,354, or 7.4%, primarily due to the conversions from fully-insured to self-funded status of both a large municipal account and a large state employer account in April and July 2010, respectively, and an increase in self-funded National Accounts membership driven by additional sales, partially offset by declines in self-funded non-BCBSA branded Local Group membership.

 

Fully-insured membership decreased 1,701, or 11.0%, primarily due to the conversions from fully-insured to self-funded status of both a large municipal account and a large state employer account in April and July 2010, respectively, the transition of certain UniCare members to HCSC (both Local Group and Individual membership) and declines in fully-insured Local Group membership driven by lapses.

 

Local Group membership decreased 427, or 2.7%, primarily due to membership declines in our non-BCBSA-branded membership, including the impact of the transition of certain UniCare members to HCSC, and a decline in BCBSA-branded business associated with the unfavorable economic conditions.

 

National Accounts membership increased 216, or 3.2%, primarily driven by additional sales, reflective of our extensive and cost-effective provider networks and a broad and innovative product portfolio, and favorable in-group enrollment changes in several large accounts. These increases were partially offset by lapses due to the unfavorable economic conditions.

 

BlueCard® membership decreased 33, or 0.7%, primarily due to decreased utilization by other BCBSA licensee members who reside in or travel to our licensed areas.

 

Individual membership decreased 226, or 10.6%, primarily due to the transition of certain UniCare members to HCSC.

 

Senior membership increased 44, or 3.6%, primarily due to increases in our Medicare Advantage plans, partially offset by lower membership in our Medicare Supplement plans.

 

State-Sponsored membership increased 23, or 1.3%, primarily due to growth in Virginia, South Carolina, Wisconsin and Indiana, partially offset by lower membership in California resulting from product changes and competition.

 

FEP membership increased 56, or 4.0%, following the 2010 open enrollment period.

 

50


Table of Contents

Other Membership (in thousands)

 

Our Other products are often ancillary to our health business, and can therefore be impacted by corresponding changes in our medical membership.

 

Behavioral health membership increased 998, or 4.3%, primarily due to new sales to several major accounts, partially offset by higher unemployment resulting from the current economic conditions.

 

Life and disability membership decreased 192, or 3.6%, primarily due to the transition of certain UniCare members to HCSC beginning January 1, 2010. Life and disability products are generally offered as a part of Commercial medical fully-insured membership sales.

 

Dental membership decreased 277, or 6.5%, primarily due to lapses and net unfavorable in-group enrollment changes due to the current economic conditions and the transition of certain UniCare members to HCSC.

 

Managed dental membership increased 323, or 8.2%, primarily due to new sales to two large accounts.

 

Vision membership increased 420, or 13.6%, primarily due to strong sales and market penetration of our Blue View vision product within the Local Group markets and embedding of vision benefits in certain of our Consumer products, partially offset by the transition of certain UniCare members to HCSC and lapses.

 

Medicare Part D membership decreased 261, or 17.3%, primarily reflecting the loss of certain 2010 Part D Low Income Subsidy membership.

 

V.    Cost of Care

 

The following discussion summarizes our aggregate underlying cost of care trends for the rolling 12 months ended December 31, 2011 for our Local Group fully-insured business only.

 

Our cost of care trends are calculated by comparing the year-over-year change in average per member per month claim costs, including member co-payments and deductibles. While our cost of care trend varies by geographic location, based on underlying medical cost trends, we estimate that our aggregate cost of care trend was approximately 7% for the full year of 2011.

 

Overall, our medical cost trend was driven by unit cost. Inpatient hospital trend was in the very low double digit range and was primarily related to increases in cost per admission. Elevated average case acuity (intensity) continues to contribute as do our rate increases with hospitals. While provider rate increases are a primary driver of unit cost trends, we continually negotiate with hospitals to manage these cost trends. We remain committed to optimizing our reimbursement rates and strategies to help address the cost pressures faced by employers and consumers. Inpatient admission counts per thousand members were lower than prior year; however, inpatient day counts per thousand members were slightly higher reflecting increased acuity. As a result, the average length of inpatient stays increased compared to prior year levels. Clinical management and re-contracting efforts are in place to help mitigate the inpatient trend. Focused review efforts continue in key areas, including inpatient behavioral health stays and spinal surgery cases, among others. Additionally, we have introduced programs related to readmission management, focused utilization management at high cost facilities, and post-discharge follow-up care.

 

Outpatient trend was in the high single digit range and was 70% cost driven and 30% utilization driven. Outpatient costs are a collection of different types of expenses, such as outpatient facilities, labs, x-rays, emergency room, and occupational and physical therapy. Per visit costs are still the largest contributor to overall outpatient trend, influenced largely by price increases within certain provider contracts. Outpatient utilization

 

51


Table of Contents

(visits per thousand members) was only slightly higher than the prior year. We continue to work with vendors and providers to help optimize site of service decisions including key areas such as emergency room vs. urgent care, laboratory service location (hospital vs. free-standing lab), and surgery settings (hospital vs. ambulatory surgical center). As an example, we recently launched an emergency room program and education campaign using Google Maps® to make it easier to find and use retail health clinics and urgent care centers for non-emergency conditions when regular physicians are not available. Programs like this, along with continued expansion and optimization of our utilization management programs, are serving to moderate trend. Additionally, we continued to see the positive impact of incorporating the technology of our American Imaging Management, Inc., or AIM, subsidiary. This technology is allowing us to achieve greater efficiencies in the high trend area of radiology, while ensuring that consumers receive the quality tests they need. Leveraging AIM’s platform and expertise in areas such as nuclear cardiology management and specialty pharmacy reviews is aiding our efforts to mitigate trend increases.

 

Physician services trend was in the mid single digit range and was 60% unit cost related and 40% utilization related. Increases in the physician care category were partially driven by contracting changes. We continue to collaborate with physicians to improve quality of care through pay-for-performance programs.

 

Pharmacy trend was in the mid-to-high single digit range and was 75% unit cost (cost per prescription) related and 25% utilization (prescriptions per member per year) driven. Recent inflation in the average wholesale price of drugs is applying upward pressure to the overall cost per prescription as is the increased use of specialty drugs. Specialty drugs, also known as biotech drugs, are generally higher cost and are being utilized more frequently. The increase in cost per prescription measures continues to be mitigated by improvements in our generic usage rates and benefit plan design changes. We are continuously evaluating our drug formulary to ensure the most effective pharmaceutical therapies are available to our members.

 

In response to cost trends, we continue to pursue contracting and plan design changes, promote and implement performance-based contracts that reward clinical outcomes and quality, and expand our radiology management, disease management and advanced care management programs. We are taking a leadership role in the area of payment reform, introducing a number of new reimbursement models. We are currently working with provider organizations to develop accountable care organization pilot programs. These programs are designed to enhance coordination of care throughout the health system, appropriately align incentives and encourage responsibility among patients, payors and providers to enhance member health outcomes. We are also advancing patient-centered medical home programs in the majority of our states to help modernize and increase the scope of the primary care practices throughout our markets. Early assessment of these programs demonstrates a favorable effect on the quality and cost of health care, and we will continue to evaluate their results. Additionally, our value-based contracting initiative continues to underscore our commitment to partnering with providers to improve quality and lower cost.

 

Additionally, we are fully integrating our Resolution Health, Inc., or RHI, subsidiary’s suite of products designed to improve health care quality and reduce health care costs. As an example, My Health Advantage is an RHI product that uses market-leading technology to analyze medical claims, pharmacy claims, lab results, benefit plan information and personal health information to identify opportunities to help close gaps between recommended care and the care that members actually receive.

 

As evidenced by the recent acquisition of CareMore, we remain committed to providing access-based health care products and services that are simple to use and that customers can trust. CareMore’s mission is to improve the overall lives and wellbeing of seniors by providing innovative, focused health care approaches to the complex problems of aging, while protecting financial resources of seniors and the Medicare Program. CareMore’s model is focused on disease management programs that provide Medicare members with a hands-on approach to care coordination and intensive treatment of chronic conditions.

 

52


Table of Contents

VI.    Results of Operations

 

Our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are discussed in the following section.

 

    Years Ended December 31     2011 vs. 2010     2010 vs. 2009  
    2011      2010     2009     $ Change     % Change     $ Change     % Change  
             

Total operating revenue

  $ 59,865.2     $ 57,740.5     $ 60,740.0     $ 2,124.7       3.7   $ (2,999.5     (4.9 )% 

Net investment income

    703.7       803.3       801.0       (99.6     (12.4     2.3       0.3   

Gain on sale of business

    —          —          3,792.3       —          —          (3,792.3     (100.0

Net realized gains on investments

    235.1       194.1       56.4       41.0       21.1        137.7       244.1   

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments

    (93.3     (39.4     (450.2     (53.9     136.8        410.8       (91.2
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total revenues

    60,710.7       58,698.5       64,939.5       2,012.2       3.4        (6,241.0     (9.6 )  

Benefit expense

    47,647.5       44,930.4       47,122.3       2,717.1       6.0        (2,191.9     (4.7 )  

Selling, general and administrative expense

    8,435.6       8,732.6       9,019.3       (297.0     (3.4 )       (286.7     (3.2 )  

Other expense1 

    669.7       681.7       1,394.9       (12.0     (1.8 )       (713.2     (51.1
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total expenses

    56,752.8       54,344.7       57,536.5       2,408.1       4.4        (3,191.8     (5.5 )  
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Income before income tax expense

    3,957.9       4,353.8       7,403.0       (395.9     (9.1 )       (3,049.2     (41.2

Income tax expense

    1,311.2       1,466.7       2,657.1       (155.5     (10.6     (1,190.4     (44.8
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income

  $ 2,646.7     $ 2,887.1     $ 4,745.9     $ (240.4     (8.3 )     $ (1,858.8     (39.2
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

Average diluted shares outstanding

    365.1       415.8       480.5       (50.7     (12.2     (64.7     (13.5

Diluted net income per share

  $ 7.25     $ 6.94     $ 9.88     $ 0.31       4.5      $ (2.94     (29.8

Benefit expense ratio2 

    85.1     83.2     83.6       190 bp3        (40 )bp3  

Selling, general and administrative expense ratio4 

    14.1     15.1     14.8       (100 )bp3        30 bp3

Income before income taxes as a percentage of total revenue

    6.5     7.4     11.4       (90 )bp3        (400 )bp3  

Net income as a percentage of total revenue

    4.4     4.9     7.3       (50 )bp3        (240 )bp3  

 

Certain of the following definitions are also applicable to all other results of operations tables in this discussion:

 

1 

Includes cost of drugs, interest expense, amortization of other intangible assets, and impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

2 

Benefit expense ratio = Benefit expense ÷ Premiums

3 

bp = basis point; one hundred basis points = 1%

4 

Selling, general and administrative expense ratio = Total selling, general and administrative expense ÷ Total operating revenue

 

53


Table of Contents

Reportable Segments

 

We use operating gain to evaluate the performance of our reportable segments, which are Commercial, Consumer and Other. Operating gain is calculated as total operating revenue less benefit expense, selling, general and administrative expense and cost of drugs. It does not include net investment income, gain on sale of business, net realized gains/losses on investments, other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income, interest expense, amortization of other intangible assets, impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets or income taxes, as these items are managed in a corporate shared service environment and are not the responsibility of operating segment management. For additional information, see Note 20, “Segment Information,” to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 included in this Form 10-K. The discussion of segment results for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 presented below are based on operating gain, as described above, and operating margin, which is calculated as operating gain divided by operating revenue. Our definitions of operating gain and operating margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

 

Our Commercial, Consumer, and Other segments’ summarized results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

    Years Ended December 31     2011 vs. 2010     2010 vs. 2009  
    2011     2010     2009     $ Change     %Change     $ Change     %Change  

Commercial

             

Operating revenue

  $ 34,498.0     $ 34,559.3     $ 37,274.8     $ (61.3     (0.2 )%    $ (2,715.5     (7.3 )% 

Operating gain

    3,090.5       3,085.7       2,430.3       4.8       0.2        655.4       27.0   

Operating margin

    9.0     8.9     6.5       10 bp        240 bp 

Consumer

             

Operating revenue

  $ 17,784.9     $ 16,092.6     $ 16,141.8     $ 1,692.3       10.5   $ (49.2     (0.3 )% 

Operating gain

    623.1       1,000.6       1,279.7       (377.5     (37.7     (279.1     (21.8

Operating margin

    3.5     6.2     7.9       (270 )bp        (170 )bp 

Other

             

Operating revenue

  $ 7,582.3     $ 7,088.6     $ 7,323.4     $ 493.7       7.0   $ (234.8     (3.2 )% 

Operating gain (loss)

    68.5       (8.8     469.4       77.3       878.4        (478.2     (101.9

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

Consolidated Results

 

Total operating revenue increased $2,124.7, or 3.7%, to $59,865.2 in 2011, primarily due to premium rate increases in our Local Group and Individual businesses designed to cover cost trends, increased fully-insured membership in our Senior Medicare Advantage business and increased reimbursement in the FEP business. These increases were partially offset by fully-insured membership declines in our Local Group and National Accounts businesses resulting from the unfavorable economic conditions and the conversions of two large accounts from fully-insured to self-funded status in 2010. Administrative fees also increased due to higher self-funded membership in our Local Group and National Accounts businesses, including the impact of conversions from fully-insured to self-funded membership.

 

Net investment income decreased $99.6, or 12.4%, to $703.7 in 2011, primarily due to lower yields on investment balances and a decline in dividend income from a cost method investment.

 

Benefit expense increased $2,717.1, or 6.0%, to $47,647.5 in 2011, primarily due to higher medical costs in our Local Group business, higher Senior Medicare Advantage membership, adverse selection in certain Medicare Advantage products and increased membership in the FEP business. In addition, an estimated $247.0 of higher than anticipated favorable prior year reserve development and an estimated $67.7 of lower targeted margin for adverse deviation were recognized as reductions of benefit expense during 2010 with no comparable amounts

 

54


Table of Contents

recognized in 2011. The increases in benefit expense in 2011 were partially offset by fully-insured membership declines in our Local Group and National Accounts businesses and the conversions of two large accounts from fully-insured to self-funded status in 2010.

 

Our benefit expense ratio increased 190 basis points to 85.1% in 2011, primarily due to higher medical costs in our Senior, Local Group and State-Sponsored businesses, the reduced amount of favorable prior year reserve development between the two periods and the impact of minimum medical loss ratio requirements in 2011.

 

Selling, general and administrative expense decreased $297.0, or 3.4%, to $8,435.6 in 2011, primarily due to lower incentive compensation costs, cost reductions associated with our ongoing efficiency initiatives and the non-recurrence of asset impairments, partially offset by increased premium tax expense, selling, general and administrative expenses associated with our newly acquired CareMore subsidiary and increased advertising expenses.

 

Our selling, general and administrative expense ratio decreased 100 basis points to 14.1% in 2011, primarily due to increased operating revenue and reduced selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

Other expense decreased $12.0, or 1.8%, to $669.7 in 2011, reflecting the non-recurrence of an impairment of other intangible assets and reduced amortization of certain other intangible assets acquired in prior years, partially offset by increased interest expense due to higher average outstanding debt balances.

 

Income tax expense decreased $155.5, or 10.6%, to $1,311.2 in 2011, primarily due to lower income before income tax expense. The effective tax rates in 2011 and 2010 were 33.1% and 33.7%, respectively. The effective tax rate decreased primarily due to prior tax year federal and state audit settlements during 2011.

 

Reportable Segments Results

 

Commercial

 

Operating revenue decreased $61.3, or 0.2%, to $34,498.0 in 2011, primarily due to fully-insured membership declines in our Local Group and National Accounts businesses resulting from unfavorable economic conditions and the conversion of two large accounts from fully-insured to self-funded status. The decreases in premiums were partially offset by premium rate increases in our Local Group business designed to cover cost trends and increased administrative fees due to higher self-funded membership in our Local Group and National Accounts businesses.

 

Operating gain increased $4.8, or 0.2%, to $3,090.5 in 2011, primarily due to improved results in our National Accounts business and lower selling, general and administrative expenses. These increases were partially offset by an estimated $180.0 of operating gain recognized in the Commercial segment during 2010 as a result of higher than anticipated favorable prior year reserve development and lower targeted margin for adverse deviation with no comparable amounts recognized in 2011 and the impact of minimum medical loss ratio requirements on 2011 operating gain.

 

The operating margin in 2011 was 9.0%, a 10 basis point increase from 2010, primarily due to the factors discussed in the preceding two paragraphs.

 

Consumer

 

Operating revenue increased $1,692.3, or 10.5%, to $17,784.9 in 2011, primarily due to increases in our Senior and State-Sponsored businesses. The increase in Senior revenue was primarily due to increased Medicare Advantage membership, including increased membership resulting from our acquisition of CareMore, while the increase in State-Sponsored revenue reflected both increased pricing and membership.

 

55


Table of Contents

Operating gain decreased $377.5, or 37.7%, to $623.1 in 2011, primarily due to lower operating gain in our Senior Medicare Advantage business. This decline was a result of higher medical costs in 2011 due to increased membership and adverse selection in certain of our Medicare Advantage products. We have refined our Medicare Advantage product strategy and service areas for 2012. The higher than expected medical costs in 2011 were partially offset by higher than anticipated risk score revenue as a result of an improved risk score estimation process and lower selling, general and administrative expenses. In addition, an estimated $135.0 of operating gain was recognized in the Consumer segment during 2010 as a result of higher than anticipated favorable prior year reserve development and lower targeted margin for adverse deviation with no comparable amounts recognized in 2011.

 

The operating margin in 2011 was 3.5%, a 270 basis point decrease from 2010, primarily due to the factors discussed in the preceding two paragraphs.

 

Other

 

Operating revenue increased $493.7, or 7.0%, to $7,582.3 in 2011, primarily due to growth in the FEP business as FEP membership increased 5.0% during 2011.

 

Operating gain increased $77.3 to $68.5 in 2011, primarily due to growth in the FEP business and lower selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

Consolidated Results

 

Total operating revenue decreased $2,999.5, or 4.9%, to $57,740.5 in 2010, primarily due to fully-insured membership declines in our Local Group and National Accounts businesses resulting from the unfavorable economic conditions, the conversions of a large municipal account and a large state employer account from fully-insured to self-funded status in April and July 2010, respectively, certain UniCare members transitioning to HCSC beginning January 1, 2010 and the loss of a portion of the 2010 Medicare Part D Low Income Subsidy membership within our Senior business. These decreases in premiums were partially offset by higher premiums designed to cover expected cost trends, increased reimbursement in the FEP program and increased membership in our Senior Medicare Advantage business. In addition, other revenue decreased due to the sale of our PBM business in December 2009, resulting in the non-recurrence in 2010 of co-payments and deductibles associated with the sale of mail-order prescription drugs.

 

Gain on sale of business recognized in 2009 resulted from the sale of our PBM business to Express Scripts in December 2009.

 

Benefit expense decreased $2,191.9, or 4.7%, to $44,930.4 in 2010, primarily due to the conversions of a large municipal account and a large state employer account from fully-insured to self-funded status in April and July 2010, respectively, fully-insured membership declines in our Local Group and National Accounts business, certain UniCare members transitioning to HCSC beginning January 1, 2010 and the loss of a portion of the 2010 Medicare Part D Low Income Subsidy membership within our Senior business. These decreases were partially offset by increases in benefit costs in our Local Group BCBSA-branded business, which were driven primarily by higher unit costs. In addition, our Senior Medicare Advantage and FEP businesses both experienced increased benefit costs. The Medicare Advantage and FEP related increases in benefit expense were due to both higher membership and unit costs. We receive reimbursement for FEP costs plus a fee.

 

In 2010, we lowered our targeted margin for adverse deviation in our medical claims payable balance from the high single digit range to the mid-to-upper single digit range. This resulted in a reduction of benefit expense of $67.7 in 2010. In addition, we recognized $247.0 of higher than expected reserve releases during 2010 compared to $262.0 in 2009. For a discussion about our medical claims reserving methodologies, see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” within this MD&A.

 

56


Table of Contents

Our benefit expense ratio decreased 40 basis points to 83.2% in 2010, due to improvements in our Commercial segment, partially offset by increases in our Consumer segment. Improvements in the Commercial segment were primarily related to our Local Group BCBSA-branded business, which reflected disciplined pricing and lower flu-related costs and a positive impact from the change in reserves discussed above. Our Consumer segment increases were related to benefit costs in our Senior Medicare Advantage business due to the reduction in federal reimbursement rates for 2010, and a less favorable impact from the change in reserves described above.

 

Selling, general and administrative expense decreased $286.7, or 3.2%, to $8,732.6 in 2010. Our selling, general and administrative expense decreased due to lower base compensation costs, premium taxes and other fees, advertising expenses, selling expenses and other operating expenses, partially offset by increases in incentive compensation expenses, outside services costs and asset impairments. Our 2010 general and administrative expenses also no longer include the administrative expenses formerly incurred by our PBM business.

 

While our selling, general and administrative expense decreased, our selling, general and administrative expense ratio increased 30 basis points to 15.1% in 2010, primarily due to a decline in operating revenue, increased incentive compensation costs, outside services costs and asset impairments, partially offset by lower base compensation costs and premium taxes and other fees.

 

Other expenses decreased $713.2, or 51.1%, to $681.7 in 2010, primarily due to the sale of our PBM business in 2009. Following the sale of our PBM business, we do not record any cost of drugs on our income statement as we no longer market and sell prescription drugs. In addition, a decrease in impairments of other intangible assets also contributed to the decrease in other expenses during 2010.

 

Income tax expense decreased $1,190.4, or 44.8%, to $1,466.7 in 2010. This decrease was due to lower income before income tax expense in 2010 as compared to 2009, primarily due to the gain on sale from our PBM business recorded in 2009. The effective tax rates in 2010 and 2009 were 33.7% and 35.9%, respectively. The decrease in effective tax rates resulted primarily from the impact of the PBM sale in 2009 which produced a higher effective tax rate.

 

Reportable Segments Results

 

Commercial

 

Operating revenue decreased $2,715.5, or 7.3%, to $34,559.3 in 2010, primarily due to the conversions of a large municipal account and state employer account from fully-insured to self-funded status during 2010. Operating revenue also decreased due to fully-insured membership declines in our Local Group BCBSA-branded business and National Accounts business due to unfavorable economic conditions. In addition, operating revenue decreased due to certain UniCare members transitioning to HCSC beginning January 1, 2010. These decreases were partially offset by higher premiums designed to cover expected cost trend, increased revenue in our self-funded National Accounts and Local Group businesses and managed dental administrative revenues.

 

Operating gain increased $655.4, or 27.0%, to $3,085.7 in 2010, primarily due to higher margins in our Local Group BCBSA-branded business, partially offset by fully insured membership declines. The higher margins in our Local Group BCBSA-branded business reflected higher premiums designed to cover cost trend and lower than expected medical costs, due primarily to lower than expected utilization and lower flu-related costs. The operating gain also improved approximately $99.0 due to additional favorable reserve releases in 2010 as compared to 2009.

 

The operating margin in 2010 was 8.9%, a 240 basis point increase over 2009, primarily due to the factors discussed in the preceding two paragraphs.

 

57


Table of Contents

Consumer

 

Operating revenue decreased $49.2, or 0.3%, to $16,092.6 in 2010, primarily due to our loss of certain 2010 Medicare Part D Low Income Subsidy membership and, to a lesser degree, lower membership in our Individual and Medicare Supplement businesses and a change during 2010 in the provider of pharmacy benefits for the Indiana Medicaid program included in our State-Sponsored programs. These decreases were partially offset by increases in our Medicare Advantage business due to higher membership.

 

Operating gain decreased $279.1, or 21.8%, to $1,000.6 in 2010, primarily due to lower operating gain in our Medicare Advantage business due to the reduction in federal reimbursement rates for 2010 and overall higher administrative costs, which included asset impairments. Approximately $46.0 of the decline was due to lower favorable reserve releases in 2010 as compared to 2009. These operating gain declines were partially offset by improved results in our Medicare Part D and Medicare Supplement businesses.

 

The operating margin in 2010 was 6.2%, a 170 basis point decrease from 2009, primarily due to the factors discussed in the preceding two paragraphs.

 

Other

 

Operating revenue decreased $234.8, or 3.2%, to $7,088.6 in 2010, primarily due to the sale of the PBM business on December 1, 2009 and lower administrative fees in our NGS Medicare business, partially offset by growth in our FEP business.

 

Operating gain decreased $478.2 to an operating loss of $8.8 in 2010, primarily due to the sale of the PBM business on December 1, 2009 and higher unallocated operating expenses.

 

VII.    Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Application of GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and within this MD&A. We consider our most important accounting policies that require significant estimates and management judgment to be those policies with respect to liabilities for medical claims payable, income taxes, goodwill and other intangible assets, investments and retirement benefits, which are discussed below. Our other significant accounting policies are summarized in Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies,” to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in this Form 10-K.

 

We continually evaluate the accounting policies and estimates used to prepare the consolidated financial statements. In general, our estimates are based on historical experience, evaluation of current trends, information from third party professionals and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the known facts and circumstances.

 

Medical Claims Payable

 

The most subjective accounting estimate in our consolidated financial statements is our liability for medical claims payable. At December 31, 2011, this liability was $5,489.0 and represented 19% of our total consolidated liabilities. We record this liability and the corresponding benefit expense for incurred but not paid claims including the estimated costs of processing such claims. Incurred but not paid claims include (1) an estimate for claims that are incurred but not reported, as well as claims reported to us but not yet processed through our systems, which approximated 97.2%, or $5,335.3, of our total medical claims liability as of December 31, 2011; and (2) claims reported to us and processed through our systems but not yet paid, which approximated 2.8%, or $153.7, of the total medical claims payable as of December 31, 2011. The level of claims payable processed through our systems but not yet paid may fluctuate from one period end to the next, from 1% to 5% of our total medical claims liability, due to timing of when claim payments are made.

 

58


Table of Contents

Liabilities for both claims incurred but not reported and reported but not yet processed through our systems are determined in aggregate, employing actuarial methods that are commonly used by health insurance actuaries and meet Actuarial Standards of Practice. Actuarial Standards of Practice require that the claim liabilities be appropriate under moderately adverse circumstances. We determine the amount of the liability for incurred but not paid claims by following a detailed actuarial process that entails using both historical claim payment patterns as well as emerging medical cost trends to project our best estimate of claim liabilities. Under this process, historical paid claims data is formatted into “claim triangles,” which compare claim incurred dates to the dates of claim payments. This information is analyzed to create “completion factors” that represent the average percentage of total incurred claims that have been paid through a given date after being incurred. Completion factors are applied to claims paid through the period end date to estimate the ultimate claim expense incurred for the period. Actuarial estimates of incurred but not paid claim liabilities are then determined by subtracting the actual paid claims from the estimate of the ultimate incurred claims.

 

For the most recent incurred months (typically the most recent two months), the percentage of claims paid for claims incurred in those months is generally low. This makes the completion factor methodology less reliable for such months. Therefore, incurred claims for recent months are not projected from historical completion and payment patterns; rather they are projected by estimating the claims expense for those months based on recent claims expense levels and health care trend levels, or “trend factors.”

 

Because the reserve methodology is based upon historical information, it must be adjusted for known or suspected operational and environmental changes. These adjustments are made by our actuaries based on their knowledge and their estimate of emerging impacts to benefit costs and payment speed. Circumstances to be considered in developing our best estimate of reserves include changes in utilization levels, unit costs, mix of business, benefit plan designs, provider reimbursement levels, processing system conversions and changes, claim inventory levels, claim processing patterns, claim submission patterns and operational changes resulting from business combinations. A comparison of prior period liabilities to re-estimated claim liabilities based on subsequent claims development is also considered in making the liability determination. In our comparison of prior year, the methods and assumptions are not changed as reserves are recalculated; rather the availability of additional paid claims information drives our changes in the re-estimate of the unpaid claim liability. To the extent appropriate, changes in such development are recorded as a change to current period benefit expense.

 

We regularly review and set assumptions regarding cost trends and utilization when initially establishing claim liabilities. We continually monitor and adjust the claims liability and benefit expense based on subsequent paid claims activity. If it is determined that our assumptions regarding cost trends and utilization are significantly different than actual results, our income statement and financial position could be impacted in future periods. Adjustments of prior year estimates may result in additional benefit expense or a reduction of benefit expense in the period an adjustment is made. Further, due to the considerable variability of health care costs, adjustments to claim liabilities occur each period and are sometimes significant as compared to the net income recorded in that period. Prior period development is recognized immediately upon the actuary’s judgment that a portion of the prior period liability is no longer needed or that an additional liability should have been accrued. That determination is made when sufficient information is available to ascertain that the re-estimate of the liability is reasonable.

 

While there are many factors that are used as a part of the estimation of our medical claims payable liability, the two key assumptions having the most significant impact on our incurred but not paid liability as of December 31, 2011 were the completion and trend factors. As discussed above, these two key assumptions can be influenced by other operational variables including system changes, provider submission patterns and business combinations.

 

There is variation in the reasonable choice of completion factors by duration for durations of three months through 12 months where the completion factors have the most significant impact. As previously discussed, completion factors tend to be less reliable for the most recent months and therefore are not specifically utilized

 

59


Table of Contents

for months one and two. In our analysis for the claim liabilities at December 31, 2011, the variability in months three to five was estimated to be between 40 and 90 basis points, while months six through twelve have much lower variability ranging from 0 to 30 basis points.

 

The difference in completion factor assumptions, assuming moderately adverse experience, results in variability of 2%, or approximately $126.0, in the December 31, 2011 incurred but not paid claim liability, depending on the completion factors chosen. It is important to note that the completion factor methodology inherently assumes that historical completion rates will be reflective of the current period. However, it is possible that the actual completion rates for the current period will develop differently from historical patterns and therefore could fall outside the possible variations described herein.

 

The other major assumption used in the establishment of the December 31, 2011 incurred but not paid claim liability was the trend factors. In our analysis for the period ended December 31, 2011, there was a 320 basis point differential in the high and low trend factors assuming moderately adverse experience. This range of trend factors would imply variability of 5%, or approximately $250.0, in the incurred but not paid claims liability, depending upon the trend factors used. Because historical trend factors are often not representative of current claim trends, the trend experience for the most recent six to nine months, plus knowledge of recent events likely affecting current trends, have been taken into consideration in establishing the incurred but not paid claim liability at December 31, 2011.

 

See Note 12, “Medical Claims Payable,” to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance for medical claims payable for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Components of the total incurred claims for each year include amounts accrued for current year estimated claims expense as well as adjustments to prior year estimated accruals. In Note 12, “Medical Claims Payable,” the line labeled “Net incurred medical claims: Prior years redundancies” accounts for those adjustments made to prior year estimates. The impact of any reduction of “Net incurred medical claims: Prior years redundancies” may be offset as we establish the estimate of “Net incurred medical claims: Current year.” Our reserving practice is to consistently recognize the actuarial best estimate of our ultimate liability for our claims. When we recognize a release of the redundancy, we disclose the amount that is not in the ordinary course of business, if material. Further, while we believe we have consistently applied our methodology in determining our best estimate for unpaid claims liability at each reporting date, starting in 2010 we began using a lower level of targeted margin for adverse deviation, which resulted in a benefit to 2010 income before taxes of $67.7.

 

The ratio of current year medical claims paid as a percent of current year net medical claims incurred was 88.8% for 2011, 89.6% for 2010 and 88.9% for 2009. The decline in 2011 reflects the impact of processing a claims inventory backlog that accumulated at the end of 2010. The increase in 2010 reflects acceleration in processing claims that occurred in 2010 due to higher levels of automatic claims adjudication and faster claims payment.

 

We calculate the percentage of prior years’ redundancies in the current period as a percent of prior years’ net incurred claims payable less prior years’ redundancies in the current period in order to demonstrate the development of the prior years’ reserves. This metric was 4.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflecting a lower level of targeted reserve for adverse deviation and a resultant lower level of prior years’ redundancies. This metric was 15.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 15.2% for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

We calculate the percentage of prior years’ redundancies in the current period as a percent of prior years’ net incurred medical claims to indicate the percentage of redundancy included in the preceding year calculation of current year net incurred medical claims. We believe this calculation measure indicates the reasonableness of our prior year estimate of incurred medical claims and the consistency in our methodology. For the year ended December 31, 2011, this metric was 0.5%, which was calculated using the redundancy of $209.7. This metric was 1.5% for full year 2010 and 1.7% for 2009.

 

60


Table of Contents

The following table shows the variance between total net incurred medical claims as reported in Note 12, “Medical Claims Payable,” to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for each of 2010 and 2009 and the incurred claims for such years had it been determined retrospectively (computed as the difference between “net incurred medical claims—current year” for the year shown and “net incurred medical claims—prior years redundancies” for the immediately following year):

 

    Years Ended December 31  
    2010      2009  

Total net incurred medical claims, as reported

  $ 44,359.1      $ 46,507.9  

Retrospective basis, as described above

    44,867.4        46,597.1  
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Variance

  $ (508.3    $ (89.2
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Variance to total net incurred medical claims, as reported

    (1.1 )%       (0.2 )% 
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Given that our business is primarily short tailed, the variance to total net incurred medical claims, as reported above, is used to assess the reasonableness of our estimate of ultimate incurred medical claims for a given calendar year with the benefit of one year of experience. We expect that substantially all of the development of the 2011 estimate of medical claims payable will be known during 2012.

 

The 2010 variance to total net incurred medical claims, as reported of (1.1)% is greater than the 2009 percentage of (0.2)%. The 2010 variance was driven by the lower level of prior year redundancies in 2011 associated with 2010 claim payments, including the impact of a lower level of targeted margin for adverse deviation, as compared to the previous two years.

 

Income Taxes

 

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB guidance, which requires, among other things, the separate recognition of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. Such deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities represent the tax effect of temporary differences between financial reporting and tax reporting measured at tax rates enacted at the time the deferred tax asset or liability is recorded. A valuation allowance must be established for deferred tax assets if it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion may be unrealized. Our judgment is required in determining an appropriate valuation allowance.

 

At each financial reporting date, we assess the adequacy of the valuation allowance by evaluating each of our deferred tax assets based on the following:

 

   

the types of temporary differences that created the deferred tax asset;

 

   

the amount of taxes paid in prior periods and available for a carry-back claim;

 

   

the forecasted future taxable income, and therefore, likely future deduction of the deferred tax item; and

 

   

any significant other issues impacting the likely realization of the benefit of the temporary differences.

 

We, like other companies, frequently face challenges from tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due. These challenges include questions regarding the timing and amount of deductions that we have taken on our tax returns. In evaluating any additional tax liability associated with various positions taken in our tax return filings, we record additional liabilities for potential adverse tax outcomes. Based on our evaluation of our tax positions, we believe we have appropriately accrued for uncertain tax benefits, as required by the guidance. To the extent we prevail in matters we have accrued for, our future effective tax rate would be reduced and net income would increase. If we are required to pay more than accrued, our future effective tax rate would increase and net income would decrease. Our effective tax rate and net income in any given future period could be materially impacted.

 

61


Table of Contents

In the ordinary course of business, we are regularly audited by federal and other tax authorities, and from time to time, these audits result in proposed assessments. We believe our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and we intend to defend our positions vigorously through the federal, state and local appeals processes. We believe we have adequately provided for any reasonable foreseeable outcome related to these matters. Accordingly, although their ultimate resolution may require additional tax payments, we do not anticipate any material impact on our results of operations from these matters.

 

For additional information, see Note 8, “Income Taxes,” to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in this Form 10-K.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Our consolidated goodwill at December 31, 2011 was $13,858.7 and other intangible assets were $7,931.7. The sum of goodwill and other intangible assets represented 42% of our total consolidated assets and 94% of our consolidated shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2011.

 

We follow FASB guidance for business combinations and goodwill and other intangible assets, which specifies the types of acquired intangible assets that are required to be recognized and reported separately from goodwill. Under the guidance, goodwill and other intangible assets (with indefinite lives) are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually. Furthermore, goodwill and other intangible assets are allocated to reporting units for purposes of the annual impairment test. Our impairment tests require us to make assumptions and judgments regarding the estimated fair value of our reporting units, which include goodwill and other intangible assets. In addition, certain other intangible assets with indefinite lives, such as trademarks, are also tested separately.

 

We complete our annual impairment tests of existing goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives during the fourth quarter of each year. These tests involve the use of estimates related to the fair value of the goodwill reporting unit and other intangible assets with indefinite lives, and require a significant degree of management judgment and the use of subjective assumptions. Certain interim impairment tests are also performed during interim periods when potential impairment indicators exist or other changes in our business occur.

 

Fair value is estimated using the income and market approaches for our goodwill reporting units and the income approach for our indefinite lived intangible assets. Use of the income and market approaches for our goodwill impairment test reflects our view that both valuation methodologies provide a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

The income approach is developed using assumptions about future revenue, expenses and net income derived from our internal planning process. These estimated future cash flows are then discounted. Our assumed discount rate is based on our industry’s weighted average cost of capital. Market valuations are based on observed multiples of certain measures including membership, revenue and EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) and include market comparisons to publicly traded companies in our industry.

 

While we believe we have appropriately allocated the purchase price of our acquisitions, this allocation requires many assumptions to be made regarding the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. In addition, estimated fair values developed based on our assumptions and judgments might be significantly different if other reasonable assumptions and estimates were to be used. If estimated fair values are less than the carrying values of goodwill and other intangibles with indefinite lives in future annual impairment tests, or if significant impairment indicators are noted relative to other intangible assets subject to amortization, we may be required to record impairment losses against future income.

 

62


Table of Contents

For additional information, see Note 10, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in this Form 10-K.

 

Investments

 

Current and long-term available-for-sale investment securities were $17,376.8 at December 31, 2011 and represented 33% of our total consolidated assets at December 31, 2011. We classify fixed maturity and equity securities in our investment portfolio as “available-for-sale” or “trading” and report those securities at fair value. Certain fixed maturity securities are available to support current operations and, accordingly, we classify such investments as current assets without regard to their contractual maturity. Investments used to satisfy contractual, regulatory or other requirements are classified as long-term, without regard to contractual maturity.

 

We review investment securities to determine if declines in fair value below cost are other-than-temporary. This review is subjective and requires a high degree of judgment. We conduct this review on a quarterly basis, using both qualitative and quantitative factors, to determine whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary. Such factors considered include the length of time and the extent to which a security’s market value has been less than its cost, the reasons for the decline in value (i.e., credit event compared to liquidity, general credit spread widening, currency exchange rate or interest rate factors), financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, including the credit ratings and changes in the credit ratings of the issuer, recommendations of investment advisors, and forecasts of economic, market or industry trends. In addition, for equity securities, we determine whether we have the intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time to allow for a recovery of its fair value above its carrying amount. If any declines of equity securities are determined to be other-than-temporary, we charge the losses to income when that determination is made.

 

Certain FASB other-than-temporary impairment, or FASB OTTI, guidance applies to fixed maturity securities and provides guidance on the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments. In addition, this FASB OTTI guidance requires disclosures related to other-than-temporary impairments. If a fixed maturity security is in an unrealized loss position and we have the intent to sell the fixed maturity security, or it is more likely than not that we will have to sell the fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the decline in value is deemed to be other-than-temporary and is recorded to other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income in our consolidated income statements. For impaired fixed maturity securities that we do not intend to sell or it is more likely than not that we will not have to sell such securities, but we expect that we will not fully recover the amortized cost basis, the credit component of the other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income in our consolidated income statements and the non-credit component of the other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in other comprehensive income. Furthermore, unrealized losses entirely caused by non-credit related factors related to fixed maturity securities for which we expect to fully recover the amortized cost basis continue to be recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

The credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment is determined by comparing the net present value of projected future cash flows with the amortized cost basis of the fixed maturity security. The net present value is calculated by discounting our best estimate of projected future cash flows at the effective interest rate implicit in the fixed maturity security at the date of acquisition. For mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, cash flow estimates are based on assumptions regarding the underlying collateral including prepayment speeds, vintage, type of underlying asset, geographic concentrations, default rates, recoveries and changes in value. For all other debt securities, cash flow estimates are driven by assumptions regarding probability of default, including changes in credit ratings, and estimates regarding timing and amount of recoveries associated with a default.

 

We have a committee of certain accounting and investment associates and management that is responsible for managing the impairment review process. The current economic environment and volatility of securities markets increase the difficulty of assessing investment impairment and the same influences tend to increase the risk of potential impairment of these assets.

 

63


Table of Contents

We believe we have adequately reviewed our investment securities for impairment and that our investment securities are carried at fair value. However, over time, the economic and market environment may provide additional insight regarding the fair value of certain securities, which could change our judgment regarding impairment. This could result in other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments being charged against future income. Given the current market conditions and the significant judgments involved, there is continuing risk that further declines in fair value may occur and additional, material other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments may be recorded in future periods.

 

In addition to available-for-sale investment securities, we held additional long-term investments of $1,003.7, or 2% of total consolidated assets, at December 31, 2011. These long-term investments consist primarily of real estate, cash surrender value of corporate-owned life insurance policies and certain other equity and cost method investments. Due to their less liquid nature, these investments are classified as long-term.

 

Through our investing activities, we are exposed to financial market risks, including those resulting from changes in interest rates and changes in equity market valuations. We manage the market risks through our investment policy, which establishes credit quality limits and limits on investments in individual issuers. Ineffective management of these risks could have an impact on our future earnings and financial position. Our investment portfolio includes fixed maturity securities with a fair value of $16,159.9 at December 31, 2011. The weighted-average credit rating of these securities was “A” as of December 31, 2011. Included in this balance are investments in fixed maturity securities of states, municipalities and political subdivisions, mortgage-backed securities and corporate securities of $2,282.1, $18.5 and $7.7, respectively, that are guaranteed by third parties. With the exception of thirteen securities with a fair value of $16.3, these securities are all investment-grade and carry a weighted-average credit rating of “AA” as of December 31, 2011 with a guarantee by a third party. The securities are guaranteed by a number of different guarantors and we do not have any significant exposure to any single guarantor (neither indirect through the guarantees, nor direct through investment in the guarantor). Further, due to the high underlying credit rating of the issuers, the weighted-average credit rating of these securities without the guarantee was “AA” as of December 31, 2011 for the securities for which such information is available.

 

Fair values of available-for-sale fixed maturity and equity securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. These fair values are obtained primarily from third party pricing services, which generally use Level I or Level II inputs for the determination of fair value in accordance with FASB guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures. We have controls in place to review the third party pricing services’ qualifications and procedures used to determine fair values. In addition, we periodically review the third party pricing services’ pricing methodologies, data sources and pricing inputs to ensure the fair values obtained are reasonable.

 

We obtain only one quoted price for each security from third party pricing services, which are derived through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available market observable information. For securities not actively traded, the third party pricing services may use quoted market prices of comparable instruments or discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating inputs that are currently observable in the markets for similar securities. Inputs that are often used in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, broker quotes, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates and prepayment speeds. As we are responsible for the determination of fair value, we perform monthly analysis on the prices received from third parties to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value. Our analysis includes a review of month-to-month price fluctuations. If unusual fluctuations are noted in this review, we may obtain additional information from other pricing services to validate the quoted price. There were no adjustments to quoted market prices obtained from third party pricing services during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

In certain circumstances, it may not be possible to derive pricing model inputs from observable market activity, and therefore, such inputs are estimated internally. Such securities are designated Level III in accordance with FASB guidance. Securities designated Level III at December 31, 2011 totaled $284.8 and represented 1% of our total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Our Level III securities primarily

 

64


Table of Contents

consist of certain inverse floating rate securities, structured securities and municipal bonds that were thinly traded or not traded at all due to concerns in the securities markets and the resulting lack of liquidity. Consequently, observable inputs were not always available and the fair values of these securities were estimated using internal estimates for inputs including, but not limited to, prepayment speeds, credit spreads, default rates and benchmark yields.

 

For additional information, see Part II, Item 7A. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in this Form 10-K, and Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies,” Note 5, “Investments,” and Note 7, “Fair Value,” to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in this Form 10-K.

 

Retirement Benefits

 

Pension Benefits

 

We sponsor defined benefit pension plans for some of our employees. These plans are accounted for in accordance with FASB guidance for retirement benefits, which requires that amounts recognized in financial statements be determined on an actuarial basis. As permitted by the guidance, we calculate the value of plan assets as described below. Further, the difference between our expected rate of return and the actual performance of plan assets, as well as certain changes in pension liabilities, are amortized over future periods.

 

An important factor in determining our pension expense is the assumption for expected long-term return on plan assets. As of our December 31, 2011 measurement date, we selected a long-term rate of return on plan assets of 8.00% for all plans, which is consistent with our prior year assumption of 8.00%. We use a total portfolio return analysis in the development of our assumption. Factors such as past market performance, the long-term relationship between fixed maturity and equity securities, interest rates, inflation and asset allocations are considered in the assumption. The assumption includes an estimate of the additional return expected from active management of the investment portfolio. Peer data and an average of historical returns are also reviewed for appropriateness of the selected assumption. We believe our assumption of future returns is reasonable. However, if we lower our expected long-term return on plan assets, future contributions to the pension plan and pension expense would likely increase.

 

This assumed long-term rate of return on assets is applied to a calculated value of plan assets, which recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets in a systematic manner over three years, producing the expected return on plan assets that is included in the determination of pension expense. The difference between this expected return and the actual return on plan assets is deferred and amortized over the average remaining service of the workforce as a component of pension expense. The net deferral of past asset gains or losses affects the calculated value of plan assets and, ultimately, future pension expense.

 

The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled at the end of the year based on our most recent measurement date (December 31, 2011). The selected weighted-average discount rate for all plans is 4.29%, which was developed using a yield curve approach. Using yields available on high-quality fixed maturity securities with various maturity dates, the yield curve approach provides a “customized” rate, which is meant to match the expected cash flows of our specific benefit plans. The net effect of changes in the discount rate, as well as the net effect of other changes in actuarial assumptions and experience, have been deferred and amortized as a component of pension expense in accordance with the guidance.

 

In managing the plan assets, our objective is to be a responsible fiduciary while minimizing financial risk. Plan assets include a diversified mix of investment grade fixed maturity securities, equity securities and alternative investments across a range of sectors and levels of capitalization to maximize the long-term return for a prudent level of risk. In addition to producing a reasonable return, the investment strategy seeks to minimize the volatility in our expense and cash flow.

 

65


Table of Contents

Other Postretirement Benefits

 

We provide most associates with certain medical, vision and dental benefits upon retirement. We use various actuarial assumptions including a discount rate and the expected trend in health care costs to estimate the costs and benefit obligations for our retiree benefits.

 

At our December 31, 2011 measurement date, the selected discount rate for all plans was 4.36% (compared to a discount rate of 5.24% for 2011 expense recognition). We developed this rate using a yield curve approach as described above.

 

The assumed health care cost trend rates used to measure the expected cost of other benefits at our December 31, 2011 measurement dates was 7.50% for 2012 with a gradual decline to 5.00% by the year 2017. These estimated trend rates are subject to change in the future. The health care cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported. For example, an increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate of one percentage point would increase the postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2011 by $52.6 and would increase service and interest costs by $2.5. Conversely, a decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate of one percentage point would decrease the postretirement benefit obligation by $44.7 as of December 31, 2011 and would decrease service and interest costs by $2.1.

 

For additional information regarding our retirement benefits, see Note 11, “Retirement Benefits,” to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in this Form 10-K.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements, or ASU 2010-06. ASU 2010-06 amends Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, to require a number of additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Effective January 1, 2011, ASU 2010-06 requires that information in the reconciliation of recurring Level III measurements about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements be provided on a gross basis. The adoption of ASU 2010-06 only required additional disclosures and did not have an impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs, or ASU 2011-04. ASU 2011-04 amends ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, to provide guidance on how fair value measurement should be applied where existing GAAP already requires or permits fair value measurements. In addition, ASU 2011-04 requires expanded disclosures regarding fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 became effective for us on January 1, 2012. Early adoption was not permitted. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In July 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-06, Other Expenses (Topic 720): Fees Paid to the Federal Government by Health Insurers (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force), or ASU 2011-06. ASU 2011-06 addresses how fees mandated by Health Care Reform should be recognized and classified in the income statements of health insurers. Health Care Reform imposes a mandatory annual fee on health insurers for each calendar year beginning on or after January 1, 2014. ASU 2011-06 stipulates that the liability incurred for that fee be amortized to expense over the calendar year in which it is payable. This ASU is effective for calendar years beginning after December 31, 2013, when the fee initially becomes effective. The adoption of ASU 2011-06 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

There were no other new accounting pronouncements that were issued or became effective during the year ended December 31, 2011 that had, or are expected to have, a material impact on our financial position, operating results or disclosures.

 

66


Table of Contents

VIII.    Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Introduction

 

Our cash receipts result primarily from premiums, administrative fees, investment income, other revenue, proceeds from the sale or maturity of our investment securities, proceeds from borrowings, and proceeds from exercise of stock options. Cash disbursements result mainly from claims payments, administrative expenses, taxes, purchases of investment securities, interest expense, payments on borrowings, capital expenditures and repurchases of our common stock. Cash outflows fluctuate with the amount and timing of settlement of these transactions. Any future decline in our profitability would likely have some negative impact on our liquidity.

 

We manage our cash, investments and capital structure so we are able to meet the short and long-term obligations of our business while maintaining financial flexibility and liquidity. We forecast, analyze and monitor our cash flows to enable investment and financing within the overall constraints of our financial strategy.

 

A substantial portion of the assets held by our regulated subsidiaries are in the form of cash and cash equivalents and investments. After considering expected cash flows from operating activities, we generally invest cash that exceeds our near term obligations in longer term marketable fixed maturity securities, to improve our overall investment income returns. Our investment strategy is to make investments consistent with insurance statutes and other regulatory requirements, while preserving our asset base. Our investments are generally available-for-sale to meet liquidity and other needs. Our subsidiaries pay out excess capital annually in the form of dividends to their respective parent companies for general corporate use, as permitted by applicable regulations.

 

The availability of financing in the form of debt or equity is influenced by many factors including our profitability, operating cash flows, debt levels, debt ratings, contractual restrictions, regulatory requirements and market conditions. The securities and credit markets have in the past experienced higher than normal volatility, although current market conditions are more stable. During recent years, the Federal government and various governmental agencies have taken a number of steps to restore liquidity in the financial markets and to help relieve the credit crisis and strengthen the regulation of the financial services market. In addition, governments around the world have developed their own plans to provide liquidity and security in the credit markets and to ensure adequate capital in certain financial institutions.

 

We have a $2,500.0 commercial paper program. Should commercial paper issuance be unavailable, we intend to use a combination of cash on hand and/or our $2,000.0 senior revolving credit facility to redeem our commercial paper when it matures. While there is no assurance in the current economic environment, we believe the lenders participating in our credit facility will be willing and able to provide financing in accordance with their legal obligations. In addition to the $2,000.0 senior revolving credit facility, we expect to receive approximately $2,392.4 of dividends from our subsidiaries during 2012, which also provides further operating and financial flexibility.

 

The table below outlines the cash flows provided by or used in operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

    Years Ended December 31  
    2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows provided by (used in):

     

Operating activities

  $ 3,374.4     $ 1,416.7     $ 3,038.9  

Investing activities

    (942.0     (1,271.5     3,002.8  

Financing activities

    (2,019.2     (3,169.3     (3,402.8

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    (0.4     (3.2     (6.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 412.8     $ (3,027.3   $ 2,632.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Liquidity—Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash flow provided by operating activities was $3,374.4, compared to $1,416.7 for the year ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $1,957.7. This increase resulted primarily from tax payments of $1,208.0 to the IRS during 2010 related to the gain we realized on the 2009 sale of our PBM business.

 

Net cash flow used in investing activities was $942.0 during the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $1,271.5 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in cash flow used in investing activities of $329.5 between the two periods primarily resulted from changes in securities lending collateral and increases in net proceeds from the sale of investments, partially offset by the purchase of CareMore and an increase in the net purchases of property and equipment.

 

Net cash flow used in financing activities was $2,019.2 during the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $3,169.3 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in cash flow used in financing activities of $1,150.1 primarily resulted from decreases in share repurchases, increases in net proceeds from commercial paper borrowings and changes in bank overdrafts, partially offset by changes in securities lending payable, cash dividends paid and an increase in repayments of debt borrowings.

 

Liquidity—Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

 

During 2010, net cash flow provided by operating activities was $1,416.7, compared to $3,038.9 in 2009, a decrease of $1,622.2. This decrease resulted primarily from tax payments of $1,208.0 to the IRS related to the gain we realized on the 2009 sale of our PBM business and increased incentive compensation payments in 2010.

 

Net cash flow used in investing activities was $1,271.5 in 2010, compared to cash flow provided by investing activities of $3,002.8 in 2009. The increase in cash flow used in investing activities of $4,274.3 between the two periods primarily resulted from the cash proceeds from the sale of our PBM business to Express Scripts in 2009 and increases in securities lending collateral, increases in net purchases of property and equipment and increases in other investing activities, partially offset by decreases in net purchases of investments and decreases in purchases of subsidiaries.

 

Net cash flow used in financing activities was $3,169.3 in 2010 compared to $3,402.8 in 2009. The decrease in cash flow used in financing activities of $233.5 primarily resulted from increases in the net proceeds from debt issuances, increases in securities lending payable, decreases in bank overdrafts and increases in cash proceeds from employee stock plans, partially offset by increases in the repurchase of common stock.

 

Financial Condition

 

We maintained a strong financial condition and liquidity position, with consolidated cash, cash equivalents and investments, including long-term investments, of $20,596.9 at December 31, 2011. Since December 31, 2010, total cash, cash equivalents and investments, including long-term investments, increased by $360.7 primarily due to cash generated from operations, increased debt balances and proceeds from our employee stock plans, partially offset by common stock repurchases, the acquisition of CareMore, fixed asset purchases and dividends to shareholders.

 

Many of our subsidiaries are subject to various government regulations that restrict the timing and amount of dividends and other distributions that may be paid to their respective parent companies. In addition, we have agreed to certain undertakings to regulatory authorities, including the requirement to maintain certain capital levels in certain of our subsidiaries.

 

At December 31, 2011, we held at the parent company $2,734.4 of cash and cash equivalents and investments, which is available for general corporate use, including investment in our businesses, acquisitions, potential future share repurchases and shareholder dividends and debt and interest payments.

 

68


Table of Contents

We calculate a non-GAAP measure, our consolidated debt-to-capital ratio, which we believe assists investors and rating agencies in measuring our overall leverage and additional borrowing capacity. In addition, our bank covenants indicate a maximum debt-to-total capital ratio that we cannot exceed. Our targeted range of debt-to-capital ratio is 25% to 35%. Our debt-to-capital ratio is calculated as the sum of debt divided by the sum of debt plus shareholders’ equity. Our debt-to-capital ratio may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Our consolidated debt-to-total capital ratio was 29.6% and 27.3% as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

Our senior debt is rated “A-” by Standard & Poor’s, “A-” by Fitch, Inc., “Baa1” by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and “bbb+” by AM Best Company, Inc. We intend to maintain our senior debt investment grade ratings. A significant downgrade in our debt ratings could adversely affect our borrowing capacity and costs.

 

Future Sources and Uses of Liquidity

 

On December 9, 2011, we filed an updated shelf registration statement with the SEC to register an unlimited amount of any combination of debt or equity securities in one or more offerings. Specific information regarding terms and securities being offered will be provided at the time of an offering. Proceeds from future offerings are expected to be used for general corporate purposes, including, but not limited to, the repayment of debt, investments in or extensions of credit to our subsidiaries and the financing of possible acquisitions or business expansion.

 

We have a senior credit facility, or the facility, with certain lenders for general corporate purposes. The facility, as amended, provides credit up to $2,000.0 and matures on September 29, 2016. The interest rate on the facility is based on either, (i) the LIBOR rate plus a predetermined percentage rate based on our credit rating at the date of utilization, or (ii) a base rate as defined in the facility agreement plus a predetermined percentage rate based on our credit rating at the date of utilization. Our ability to borrow under the facility is subject to compliance with certain covenants. There were no amounts outstanding under the facility as of December 31, 2011.

 

We have an authorized commercial paper program of up to $2,500.0, the proceeds of which may be used for general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, $799.8 and $336.2, respectively, were outstanding under our commercial paper program. Commercial paper borrowings have been classified as long-term debt at December 31, 2011 and 2010 as our practice and intent is to replace short-term commercial paper outstanding at expiration with additional short-term commercial paper for an uninterrupted period extending for more than one year or through our ability to redeem our commercial paper with borrowings under the senior credit facility described above.

 

We are a member, through certain subsidiaries, of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati, collectively, the FHLBs, and as a member we have the ability to obtain short-term cash advances subject to certain minimum collateral requirements. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, $100.0 and $100.0, respectively, were outstanding under our short-term FHLBs borrowings. On January 18, 2012 we repaid the $100.0 outstanding balance of the short-term FHLBs borrowing that was outstanding at December 31, 2011. On January 25, 2012, we borrowed an additional $100.0 from the FHLBs with a three-month term at a fixed interest rate of 0.070%.

 

At maturity on January 17, 2012, we repaid the $350.0 outstanding balance of our 6.375% senior unsecured notes.

 

On August 15, 2011, we issued $400.0 of 2.375% senior unsecured notes due 2017 and $700.0 of 3.700% senior unsecured notes due 2021 under our shelf registration statement. A portion of the proceeds from this debt issuance was used to fund the purchase price of our acquisition of CareMore and the remaining proceeds may be

 

69


Table of Contents

used for working capital and for general corporate purposes, including, but not limited to repayment of short-term and long-term debt. The notes have a call feature that allows us to redeem the notes at any time at our option and a put feature that allows a note holder to require us to repurchase the notes upon the occurrence of both a change of control event and a ratings downgrade of the notes.

 

As discussed in “Financial Condition” above, many of our subsidiaries are subject to various government regulations that restrict the timing and amount of dividends and other distributions that may be paid. Based upon these requirements, we are currently estimating approximately $2,392.4 of dividends to be paid to the parent company during 2012. During 2011, we received $2,915.9 of dividends from our subsidiaries.

 

We regularly review the appropriate use of capital, including common stock repurchases and dividends to shareholders. The declaration and payment of any dividends or repurchases of our common stock is at the discretion of our Board of Directors and depends upon our financial condition, results of operations, future liquidity needs, regulatory and capital requirements and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Historically our common stock repurchase program has been our primary use of capital. Beginning in 2011, our Board of Directors established a quarterly shareholder dividend. There were no dividends paid during 2010 or 2009.

 

A summary of the cash dividend activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

Declaration
Date
    Record
Date
    Payment
Date
    Cash
Dividend
per Share
  Total
  February 22, 2011        March 10, 2011        March 25, 2011      $    0.25   $    92.8
  May 17, 2011        June 10, 2011        June 24, 2011            0.25         91.1
  July 26, 2011        September 9, 2011        September 23, 2011            0.25         88.2
  October 25, 2011        December 9, 2011        December 23, 2011            0.25         85.7

 

On January 24, 2012, the Board of Directors increased the quarterly shareholder cash dividend to $0.2875 per share on the outstanding shares of our common stock. This increased quarterly dividend will be paid on March 23, 2012 to the shareholders of record as of March 9, 2012.

 

A summary of Board of Director share repurchase authorizations for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

Authorization Date

  Amount  

February 3, 2011

  $       375.0  

February 22, 2011

    1,100.0  

May 17, 2011

    500.0  

August 25, 2011

    250.0  

September 29, 2011

    5,000.0  

 

We expect to utilize unused authorization remaining at December 31, 2011 over a multi-year period, subject to market and industry conditions. Our stock repurchase program is discretionary as we are under no obligation to repurchase shares. We repurchase shares when we believe it is a prudent use of capital.

 

A summary of share repurchases for the period January 1, 2012 through February 9, 2012 (subsequent to December 31, 2011) and for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

    January 1, 2012
Through
February 9, 2012
     Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 

Shares repurchased

    4.9        44.5  

Average price per share

  $ 67.77      $ 68.34  

Aggregate cost

  $ 333.9      $ 3,039.8  

Authorization remaining at the end of each period

  $     3,999.8      $     4,333.7  

 

70


Table of Contents

Our current retirement benefits funding strategy is to fund an amount at least equal to the minimum required funding as determined under ERISA with consideration of maximum tax deductible amounts. We may elect to make discretionary contributions up to the maximum amount deductible for income tax purposes. For the year ended December 31, 2011, no material contributions were necessary to meet ERISA required funding levels. However, during the year ended December 31, 2011, we made tax deductible discretionary contributions to the pension benefit plans and other benefit plans of $57.7 and $30.0, respectively.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

Our estimated contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

    Total      Payments Due by Period  
     Less than
1 Year
     1 -3 Years      3 -5 Years      More than
5 Years
 

Debt, including capital leases1 

  $ 15,197.3      $ 1,849.7      $ 1,750.2      $ 2,599.7      $ 8,997.7  

Operating lease commitments

    695.8        110.8        204.6        151.0        229.4  

Projected other postretirement benefits

    532.5        40.9        125.0        132.6        234.0  

Purchase obligations:

             

IBM outsourcing agreements2 

    784.1        259.5        473.1        51.5        —     

Other purchase obligations3 

    1,688.6        829.0        692.8        140.9        25.9  

Other long-term liabilities4 

    1,109.8        —           435.1        421.7        253.0  

Venture capital commitments

    263.9        126.3        91.5        36.1        10.0  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations and commitments

  $ 20,272.0      $ 3,216.2      $ 3,772.3      $ 3,533.5      $ 9,750.0  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1

Includes estimated interest expense.

2

Relates to agreements with International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM, to provide information technology infrastructure services. See Note 14, “Commitments and Contingences,” to the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 included in this Form 10-K for further information.

3

Includes obligations related to non-IBM information technology service agreements and telecommunication contracts.

4

Estimated future payments for funded pension benefits have been excluded from this table as we had no funding requirements under ERISA at December 31, 2011 as a result of the value of the assets in the plans. In addition, amount includes other obligations resulting from third-party service contracts.

 

The above table does not contain $117.9 of gross liabilities for uncertain tax positions and interest for which we cannot reasonably estimate the timing of the resolutions with the respective taxing authorities. See Note 8, “Income Taxes,” to the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 included in this Form 10-K for further information.

 

In addition to the contractual obligations and commitments discussed above, we have a variety of other contractual agreements related to acquiring materials and services used in our operations. However, we do not believe these other agreements contain material noncancelable commitments.

 

We believe that funds from future operating cash flows, cash and investments and funds available under our senior credit facility or from public or private financing sources will be sufficient for future operations and commitments, and for capital acquisitions and other strategic transactions.

 

71


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that will require funding in future periods.

 

Risk-Based Capital

 

Our regulated subsidiaries’ states of domicile have statutory risk-based capital, or RBC, requirements for health and other insurance companies largely based on the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, RBC Model Act. These RBC requirements are intended to measure capital adequacy, taking into account the risk characteristics of an insurer’s investments and products. The NAIC sets forth the formula for calculating the RBC requirements, which are designed to take into account asset risks, insurance risks, interest rate risks and other relevant risks with respect to an individual insurance company’s business. In general, under this Act, an insurance company must submit a report of its RBC level to the state insurance department or insurance commissioner, as appropriate, at the end of each calendar year. Our risk-based capital as of December 31, 2011, which was the most recent date for which reporting was required, was in excess of all mandatory RBC thresholds. In addition to exceeding the RBC requirements, we are in compliance with the liquidity and capital requirements for a licensee of the BCBSA and with the tangible net worth requirements applicable to certain of our California subsidiaries.

 

IX.    Safe Harbor Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

 

This document contains certain forward-looking information about us that is intended to be covered by the safe harbor for “forward-looking statements” provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are statements that are not generally historical facts. Words such as “expect(s),” “feel(s),” “believe(s),” “will,” “may,” “anticipate(s),” “intend,” “estimate,” “project” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which generally are not historical in nature. These statements include, but are not limited to, financial projections and estimates and their underlying assumptions; statements regarding plans, objectives and expectations with respect to future operations, products and services; and statements regarding future performance. Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, many of which are difficult to predict and generally beyond our control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied or projected by, the forward-looking information and statements. These risks and uncertainties include: those discussed and identified in our public filings with the SEC; increased government participation in, or regulation or taxation of health benefits and managed care operations, including, but not limited to, the impact of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010; trends in health care costs and utilization rates; our ability to secure sufficient premium rates including regulatory approval for and implementation of such rates; our ability to contract with providers consistent with past practice; competitor pricing below market trends of increasing costs; reduced enrollment, as well as a negative change in our health care product mix; risks and uncertainties regarding Medicare and Medicaid programs, including those related to non-compliance with the complex regulations imposed thereon and funding risks with respect to revenue received from participation therein; a downgrade in our financial strength ratings; litigation and investigations targeted at health benefits companies and our ability to resolve litigation and investigations within estimates; medical malpractice or professional liability claims or other risks related to health care services provided by our subsidiaries; our ability to repurchase shares of our common stock and pay dividends on our common stock due to the adequacy of our cash flow and earnings and other considerations; non-compliance by any party with the Express Scripts, Inc. pharmacy benefit management services agreement, which could result in financial penalties, our inability to meet customer demands, and sanctions imposed by governmental entities, including the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services; events that result in negative publicity for us or the health benefits industry; failure to effectively maintain and modernize our information systems and e-business organization and to maintain good relationships with third party vendors for information system resources; events that may negatively affect our license with the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association; possible impairment of the value of our intangible assets if future results do not adequately support goodwill and other intangible assets; intense competition to

 

72


Table of Contents

attract and retain employees; unauthorized disclosure of member sensitive or confidential information; changes in the economic and market conditions, as well as regulations that may negatively affect our investment portfolios and liquidity; possible restrictions in the payment of dividends by our subsidiaries and increases in required minimum levels of capital and the potential negative effect from our substantial amount of outstanding indebtedness; general risks associated with mergers and acquisitions; various laws and provisions in our governing documents that may prevent or discourage takeovers and business combinations; future public health epidemics and catastrophes; and general economic downturns. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements that speak only as of the date hereof. Except to the extent otherwise required by federal securities law, we do not undertake any obligation to republish revised forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. Readers are also urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures in our SEC reports.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

 

(In Millions, Except Per Share Data or As Otherwise Stated Herein)

 

As a result of our investing and borrowing activities, we are exposed to financial market risks, including those resulting from changes in interest rates and changes in equity market valuations. Potential impacts discussed below are based upon sensitivity analyses performed on our financial position as of December 31, 2011. Actual results could vary from these estimates. Our primary objectives with our investment portfolio are to provide safety and preservation of capital, sufficient liquidity to meet cash flow requirements, the integration of investment strategy with the business operations and an attainment of a competitive after-tax total return.

 

Investments

 

Our investment portfolio is exposed to three primary sources of risk: credit quality risk, interest rate risk and market valuation risk.

 

The primary risks associated with our fixed maturity securities are credit quality risk and interest rate risk. Credit quality risk is defined as the risk of a credit downgrade to an individual fixed maturity security and the potential loss attributable to that downgrade. Credit quality risk is managed through our investment policy, which establishes credit quality limitations on the overall portfolio as well as diversification and percentage limits on securities of individual issuers. The result is a well-diversified portfolio of fixed maturity securities, with an average credit rating of approximately “A.” Interest rate risk is defined as the potential for economic losses on fixed maturity securities due to a change in market interest rates. Our fixed maturity portfolio is invested primarily in U.S. government securities, corporate bonds, asset-backed bonds, mortgage-related securities and municipal bonds, all of which represent an exposure to changes in the level of market interest rates. Interest rate risk is managed by maintaining asset duration within a band based upon our liabilities, operating performance and liquidity needs. Additionally, we have the capability of holding any security to maturity, which would allow us to realize full par value.

 

Our portfolio includes corporate securities (approximately 39% of the total portfolio at December 31, 2011), which are subject to credit/default risk. In a declining economic environment, corporate yields will usually increase prompted by concern over the ability of corporations to make interest payments, thus causing a decrease in the price of corporate securities, and the decline in value of the corporate fixed maturity portfolio. This risk is managed through fundamental credit analysis, diversification of issuers and industries and an average credit rating of the corporate fixed maturity portfolio of approximately “BBB.”

 

Our equity portfolio is comprised of large capitalization and small capitalization domestic equities, foreign equities and index mutual funds. Our equity portfolio is subject to the volatility inherent in the stock market, driven by concerns over economic conditions, earnings and sales growth, inflation, and consumer confidence. These systemic risks cannot be managed through diversification alone. However, more routine risks, such as stock/industry specific risks, are managed by investing in a diversified equity portfolio.

 

73


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, approximately 93% of our available-for-sale investments were fixed maturity securities. Market risk is addressed by actively managing the duration, allocation and diversification of our investment portfolio. We have evaluated the impact on the fixed maturity portfolio’s fair value considering an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates. A 100 basis point increase in interest rates would result in an approximate $730.4 decrease in fair value, whereas a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates would result in an approximate $750.3 increase in fair value. While we classify our fixed maturity securities as “available-for-sale” for accounting purposes, we believe our cash flows and duration of our portfolio should allow us to hold securities to maturity, thereby avoiding the recognition of losses should interest rates rise significantly.

 

Our available-for-sale equity securities portfolio, as of December 31, 2011, was approximately 7% of our investments. An immediate 10% decrease in each equity investment’s value, arising from market movement, would result in a fair value decrease of $121.7. Alternatively, an immediate 10% increase in each equity investment’s value, attributable to the same factor, would result in a fair value increase of $121.7.

 

For additional information regarding our investments, see Note 5, “Investments”, to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, and “Investments” within “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this Form 10-K.

 

Long-Term Debt

 

Our total long-term debt at December 31, 2011 was $9,695.4, and included $799.8 of commercial paper and $100.0 outstanding from a Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, borrowing. The carrying values of the commercial paper approximate fair value as the underlying instruments have variable interest rates at market value. The carrying value of the FHLB borrowing approximates fair value due to the relatively short-nature of the note and its collateralization. The remainder of the debt includes senior unsecured notes and subordinated surplus notes by one of our insurance subsidiaries. This debt is subject to interest rate risk as these instruments have fixed interest rates and the fair value is affected by changes in market interest rates. These senior unsecured notes had combined carrying and estimated fair value of $8,768.3 and $9,740.7, respectively, at December 31, 2011. The carrying value and estimated fair value of the surplus notes were $24.9 and $28.6, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

 

Should interest rates increase or decrease in the future, the estimated fair value of our fixed rate debt would decrease or increase accordingly. For additional information regarding our long-term debt, see Note 13, “Debt” to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in this Form 10-K.

 

Derivatives

 

We have exposure to economic losses due to interest rate risk arising from changes in the level or volatility of interest rates. We attempt to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risk through the use of derivative financial instruments. These strategies include the use of interest rate swaps and forward contracts, which are used to lock-in interest rates or to hedge (on an economic basis) interest rate risks associated with variable rate debt. We have used these types of instruments as designated hedges against specific liabilities.

 

Changes in interest rates will affect the estimated fair value of these derivatives. As of December 31, 2011, we recorded an asset of $86.6, the estimated fair value of the swaps at that date. We have evaluated the impact on the interest rate swap’s fair value considering an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates. A 100 basis point increase in interest rates would result in an approximate $26.6 decrease in fair value, whereas a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates would result in an approximate $26.6 increase in fair value.

 

We also utilize put and call options on the S&P 500 index to hedge (on an economic basis) the exposure of our equity security portfolio to fluctuations in the equity markets. While the impact of fluctuations in the equity

 

74


Table of Contents

markets on these derivatives are largely offset by changes in the fair values of our equity security portfolio, the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized immediately in our income statement, whereas the change in fair value of our equity securities is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. Accordingly, a decrease in the S&P 500 index of 10% would result in an approximate increase of $28.6 in the fair value of these derivatives. An increase in the S&P 500 index of 10% would result in an approximate decrease of $26.0 in the fair value of these derivatives.

 

For additional information regarding our derivatives, see Note 6, “Derivatives” to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in this Form 10-K. Also for accounting related to securities in our equity portfolio, see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Investments” within Part II, Item 7. “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this Form 10-K.

 

75


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

 

WELLPOINT, INC.

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     77   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     78   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     79   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     80   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

     81   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     83   

 

76


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered

Public Accounting Firm

 

Shareholders and Board of Directors

WellPoint, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WellPoint, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of WellPoint, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), WellPoint, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 22, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

Indianapolis, Indiana

February 22, 2012

 

77


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
 
(In millions, except share data)            

Assets

   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,201.6     $ 1,788.8  

Investments available-for-sale, at fair value:

   

Fixed maturity securities (amortized cost of $15,233.6 and $15,545.4)

    15,913.1       16,069.5  

Equity securities (cost of $937.7 and $861.4)

    1,188.1       1,236.2  

Other invested assets, current

    14.8       21.1  

Accrued investment income

    172.0       177.4  

Premium and self-funded receivables

    3,402.9       3,041.6  

Other receivables

    943.9       878.6  

Income taxes receivable

    105.8       32.3  

Securities lending collateral

    871.4       900.3  

Deferred tax assets, net

    424.8       460.9  

Other current assets

    1,859.0       1,534.1  
 

 

 

 

Total current assets

    27,097.4       26,140.8  

Long-term investments available-for-sale, at fair value:

   

Fixed maturity securities (amortized cost of $240.8 and $215.8)

    246.8       221.8  

Equity securities (cost of $28.4 and $32.8)

    28.8       33.4  

Other invested assets, long-term

    1,003.7       865.4  

Property and equipment, net

    1,418.1       1,155.5  

Goodwill

    13,858.7       13,264.9  

Other intangible assets

    7,931.7       7,996.8  

Other noncurrent assets

    433.6       488.3  
 

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 52,018.8     $ 50,166.9  
 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   

Liabilities

   

Current liabilities:

   

Policy liabilities:

   

Medical claims payable

  $ 5,489.0     $ 4,852.4  

Reserves for future policy benefits

    55.1       56.4  

Other policyholder liabilities

    2,278.2       1,909.1  
 

 

 

 

Total policy liabilities

    7,822.3       6,817.9  

Unearned income

    926.5       891.4  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    3,124.1       2,942.2  

Security trades pending payable

    51.7       33.3  

Securities lending payable

    872.5       901.5  

Short-term borrowings

    100.0       100.0  

Current portion of long-term debt

    1,274.5       705.9  

Other current liabilities

    1,654.1       1,617.3  
 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    15,825.7       14,009.5  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    8,420.9       8,147.8  

Reserves for future policy benefits, noncurrent

    730.7       646.7  

Deferred tax liabilities, net

    2,724.0       2,586.9  

Other noncurrent liabilities

    1,029.3       963.4  
 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    28,730.6       26,354.3  
 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies—Note 14

   

Shareholders’ equity

   

Preferred stock, without par value, shares authorized—100,000,000; shares issued and outstanding—none

    —          —     

Common stock, par value $0.01, shares authorized—900,000,000; shares issued and outstanding: 339,372,680 and 377,736,929

    3.4       3.8  

Additional paid-in capital

    11,679.2       12,862.6  

Retained earnings

    11,490.7       10,721.6  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    114.9       224.6  
 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    23,288.2       23,812.6  
 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 52,018.8     $ 50,166.9  
 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

78


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

    Years Ended December 31  
  2011     2010     2009  
(In millions, except per share data)                  

Revenues

     

Premiums

  $ 55,969.6     $ 53,973.6     $ 56,382.0  

Administrative fees

    3,854.6       3,730.4       3,751.7  

Other revenue

    41.0       36.5       606.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

    59,865.2       57,740.5       60,740.0  

Net investment income

    703.7       803.3       801.0  

Gain on sale of business

    —          —          3,792.3  

Net realized gains on investments

    235.1       194.1       56.4  

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments:

     

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments

    (114.7     (70.8     (538.4

Portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income

    21.4       31.4       88.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income

    (93.3     (39.4     (450.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    60,710.7       58,698.5       64,939.5  

Expenses

     

Benefit expense

    47,647.5       44,930.4       47,122.3  

Selling, general and administrative expense:

     

Selling expense

    1,616.8       1,610.3       1,685.5  

General and administrative expense

    6,818.8       7,122.3       7,333.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total selling, general and administrative expense

    8,435.6       8,732.6       9,019.3  

Cost of drugs

    —          —          419.0  

Interest expense

    430.3       418.9       447.4  

Amortization of other intangible assets

    239.4       241.7       266.0  

Impairment of other intangible assets

    —          21.1       262.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    56,752.8       54,344.7       57,536.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

    3,957.9       4,353.8       7,403.0  

Income tax expense

    1,311.2       1,466.7       2,657.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 2,646.7     $ 2,887.1     $ 4,745.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share

     

Basic

  $ 7.35     $ 7.03     $ 9.96  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $ 7.25     $ 6.94     $ 9.88  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends per share

  $ 1.00     $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

79


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Years Ended December 31  
  2011     2010     2009  
(In millions)      

Operating activities

     

Net income

  $ 2,646.7     $ 2,887.1     $ 4,745.9  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Net realized gains/losses on investments

    (235.1     (194.1     (56.4

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income

    93.3       39.4       450.2  

Loss on disposal of assets

    3.3       1.9       16.4  

Gain on sale of business

    —          —          (3,792.3

Deferred income taxes

    74.3       101.8       61.3  

Amortization, net of accretion

    541.5       497.7       446.4  

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    —          21.1       262.5  

Depreciation expense

    95.7       103.1       107.1  

Impairment of property and equipment

    —          95.3       —     

Share-based compensation

    134.8       136.0       153.6  

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

    (42.2     (28.1     (9.6

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of business combinations:

     

Receivables, net

    (401.8     109.7       (484.2

Other invested assets

    (8.9     5.1       (62.5

Other assets

    (259.2     (320.1     (119.3

Policy liabilities

    978.0       (330.7     (748.2

Unearned income

    35.1       (158.6     (27.3

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (208.7     (58.2     952.8  

Other liabilities

    (13.6     (208.4     (248.8

Income taxes

    (44.6     (1,239.8     1,391.4  

Other, net

    (14.2     (43.5     (0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    3,374.4       1,416.7       3,038.9  

Investing activities

     

Purchases of fixed maturity securities

    (11,914.8     (10,567.2     (7,186.8

Proceeds from fixed maturity securities:

     

Sales

    10,446.2       7,215.1       4,096.6  

Maturities, calls and redemptions

    1,891.3       3,321.7       1,551.7  

Purchases of equity securities

    (355.6     (350.9     (318.9

Proceeds from sales of equity securities

    287.4       197.9       577.3  

Purchases of other invested assets

    (207.9     (91.4     (49.0

Proceeds from sales of other invested assets

    29.4       34.5       3.5  

Changes in securities lending collateral

    28.9       (504.8     132.4  

Purchases of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

    (600.0     (0.3     (66.3

Proceeds from sales of subsidiaries, net of cash sold

    —          —          4,672.3  

Purchases of property and equipment

    (519.5     (451.4     (378.4

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

    3.7       0.8       0.4  

Other, net

    (31.1     (75.5     (32.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (942.0     (1,271.5     3,002.8  

Financing activities

     

Net proceeds from (repayments of) commercial paper borrowings

    463.6       (164.4     (397.0

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

    1,097.4       1,088.5       990.3  

Repayments of long-term borrowings

    (705.1     (481.7     (919.3

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

    100.0       100.0       —     

Repayments of short-term borrowings

    (100.0     —          (98.0

Changes in securities lending payable

    (29.0     504.9       (132.4

Changes in bank overdrafts

    264.3       (28.0     (344.1

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    (3,039.8     (4,360.3     (2,638.4

Cash dividends

    (357.8     —          —     

Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee stock plans

    245.0       143.6       126.5  

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

    42.2       28.1       9.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

    (2,019.2     (3,169.3     (3,402.8

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    (0.4     (3.2     (6.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    412.8       (3,027.3     2,632.2  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    1,788.8       4,816.1       2,183.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 2,201.6     $ 1,788.8     $ 4,816.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

80


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
  Number
of Shares
    Par Value          
(In millions)            

January 1, 2009

    503.2     $ 5.0     $ 16,843.0     $ 5,479.4     $ (895.7   $ 21,431.7  

Cumulative effect of adoption of FASB OTTI guidance, net of taxes

    —          —          —          88.9       (88.9     —     

Net income

    —          —          —          4,745.9       —          4,745.9  

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on investments

    —          —          —          —          1,055.2       1,055.2  

Non-credit component of other-than- temporary impairment losses on investments, net of taxes

    —          —          —          —          (20.7     (20.7

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges

    —          —          —          —          (2.3     (2.3

Change in net periodic pension and postretirement costs

    —          —          —          —          19.3       19.3  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          —          1.2       1.2  
           

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

              5,798.6  

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    (57.3     (0.5     (1,922.2     (715.7     —          (2,638.4

Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans, net of related tax benefits

    3.9       —          271.4       —          —          271.4  
 

 

 

 

December 31, 2009

    449.8     $ 4.5     $ 15,192.2     $ 9,598.5     $ 68.1     $ 24,863.3  

Net income

    —          —          —          2,887.1       —          2,887.1  

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on investments

    —          —          —          —          125.1       125.1  

Non-credit component of other-than- temporary impairment losses on investments, net of taxes

    —          —          —          —          14.7       14.7  

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges

    —          —          —          —          (14.5     (14.5

Change in net periodic pension and postretirement costs

    —          —          —          —          32.9       32.9  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          —          (1.7     (1.7
           

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

              3,043.6  

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    (76.7     (0.7     (2,595.6     (1,764.0     —          (4,360.3

Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans, net of related tax benefits

    4.6       —          266.0       —          —          266.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

    377.7     $ 3.8     $ 12,862.6     $ 10,721.6     $ 224.6     $ 23,812.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

81


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (continued)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
  Number
of Shares
    Par Value          

(In millions)

           

January 1, 2011

    377.7     $ 3.8     $ 12,862.6     $ 10,721.6     $ 224.6     $ 23,812.6  

Net income

    —          —          —          2,646.7       —          2,646.7  

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on investments

    —          —          —          —          20.6       20.6  

Non-credit component of other-than- temporary impairment losses on investments, net of taxes

    —          —          —          —          (0.7     (0.7

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges

    —          —          —          —          (10.0     (10.0

Change in net periodic pension and postretirement costs

    —          —          —          —          (119.8     (119.8

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          —          0.2       0.2  
           

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

              2,537.0  

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    (44.5     (0.4     (1,523.2     (1,516.2     —          (3,039.8

Dividends and dividend equivalents

    —          —          —          (361.4     —          (361.4

Issuance of common stock under employee stock plans, net of related tax benefits

    6.2       —          339.8       —          —          339.8  
 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

    339.4     $ 3.4     $ 11,679.2     $ 11,490.7     $ 114.9     $ 23,288.2  
 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

82


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

December 31, 2011

 

(In Millions, Except Per Share Data or As Otherwise Stated Herein)

 

1. Organization

 

References to the terms “we”, “our”, “us”, “WellPoint” or the “Company” used throughout these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements refer to WellPoint, Inc., an Indiana corporation, and unless the context otherwise requires, its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

 

We are one of the largest health benefits companies in terms of medical membership in the United States, serving 34.3 medical members through our affiliated health plans and a total of more than 65.3 individuals through our subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011. We offer a broad spectrum of network-based managed care plans to large and small employer, individual, Medicaid and senior markets. Our managed care plans include: preferred provider organizations, or PPOs; health maintenance organizations, or HMOs; point-of-service, or POS, plans; traditional indemnity plans and other hybrid plans, including consumer-driven health plans, or CDHPs; and hospital only and limited benefit products. In addition, we provide a broad array of managed care services to self-funded customers, including claims processing, underwriting, stop loss insurance, actuarial services, provider network access, medical cost management, disease management, wellness programs and other administrative services. We also provide an array of specialty and other products and services such as life and disability insurance benefits, dental, vision, behavioral health benefit services, radiology benefit management, analytics-driven personal health care guidance and long-term care insurance. Finally, we provide services to the Federal Government in connection with the Federal Employee Program, or FEP, and various Medicare programs.

 

We are an independent licensee of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association, or BCBSA, an association of independent health benefit plans. We serve our members as the Blue Cross licensee for California; the Blue Cross and Blue Shield, or BCBS, licensee for Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Missouri (excluding 30 counties in the Kansas City area), Nevada, New Hampshire, New York (as the BCBS licensee in 10 New York City metropolitan and surrounding counties and as the Blue Cross or BCBS licensee in selected upstate counties only), Ohio, Virginia (excluding the Northern Virginia suburbs of Washington, D.C.) and Wisconsin. In a majority of these service areas we do business as Anthem Blue Cross, Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Georgia, Empire Blue Cross Blue Shield, or Empire Blue Cross (in our New York service areas). We also serve customers throughout the country as UniCare, and in certain California, Arizona and Nevada markets through our recently acquired CareMore Health Group, Inc., or CareMore, subsidiary. We are licensed to conduct insurance operations in all 50 states through our subsidiaries.

 

2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of WellPoint and its subsidiaries and have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Certain of our subsidiaries operate outside of the United States and have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, or USD. We translate the assets and liabilities of those subsidiaries to USD using the exchange rate in effect at the end of the period. We translate the revenues and expenses of those subsidiaries to USD using the average exchange rates in effect during the period. The net effect of these translation adjustments is included in “Foreign currency translation adjustments” in our consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity.

 

83


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Use of Estimates: The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash Equivalents: All highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased are classified as cash equivalents.

 

Investments: Certain Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, other-than-temporary impairment, or FASB OTTI, guidance applies to fixed maturity securities and provides guidance on the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments. In addition, this FASB OTTI guidance requires disclosures related to other-than-temporary impairments. If a fixed maturity security is in an unrealized loss position and we have the intent to sell the fixed maturity security, or it is more likely than not that we will have to sell the fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the decline in value is deemed to be other-than-temporary and is recorded to other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income in our consolidated income statements. For impaired fixed maturity securities that we do not intend to sell or it is more likely than not that we will not have to sell such securities, but we expect that we will not fully recover the amortized cost basis, the credit component of the other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income in our consolidated income statements and the non-credit component of the other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in other comprehensive income. Furthermore, unrealized losses entirely caused by non-credit related factors related to fixed maturity securities for which we expect to fully recover the amortized cost basis continue to be recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

The credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment is determined by comparing the net present value of projected future cash flows with the amortized cost basis of the fixed maturity security. The net present value is calculated by discounting our best estimate of projected future cash flows at the effective interest rate implicit in the fixed maturity security at the date of acquisition. For mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, cash flow estimates are based on assumptions regarding the underlying collateral including prepayment speeds, vintage, type of underlying asset, geographic concentrations, default rates, recoveries and changes in value. For all other debt securities, cash flow estimates are driven by assumptions regarding probability of default, including changes in credit ratings, and estimates regarding timing and amount of recoveries associated with a default.

 

The unrealized gains or losses on our current and long-term equity securities classified as available-for-sale are included in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, unless the decline in value is deemed to be other-than-temporary and we do not have the intent and ability to hold such equity securities until their full cost can be recovered, in which case such equity securities are written down to fair value and the loss is charged to other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income.

 

We maintain various rabbi trusts to account for the assets and liabilities under certain deferred compensation plans. Under these plans, the participants can defer certain types of compensation and elect to receive a return on the deferred amounts based on the changes in fair value of various investment options, primarily a variety of mutual funds. Rabbi trust assets are classified as trading, which are reported in other invested assets, current, in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

We use the equity method of accounting for investments in companies in which our ownership interest enables us to influence the operating or financial decisions of the investee company. Our proportionate share of equity in net income of these unconsolidated affiliates is reported with net investment income.

 

84


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

For asset-backed securities included in fixed maturity securities, we recognize income using an effective yield based on anticipated prepayments and the estimated economic life of the securities. When estimates of prepayments change, the effective yield is recalculated to reflect actual payments to date and anticipated future payments. The net investment in the securities is adjusted to the amount that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since the acquisition of the securities. Such adjustments are reported with net investment income.

 

Investment income is recorded when earned. All securities sold resulting in investment gains and losses are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses are determined on the basis of the cost or amortized cost of the specific securities sold.

 

We participate in securities lending programs whereby marketable securities in our investment portfolio are transferred to independent brokers or dealers based on, among other things, their creditworthiness in exchange for cash collateral initially equal to at least 102% of the value of the securities on loan and is thereafter maintained at a minimum of 100% of the market value of the securities loaned (calculated as the ratio of initial market value of cash collateral to current market value of the securities on loan). Accordingly, the market value of the securities on loan to each borrower is monitored daily and the borrower is required to deliver additional cash collateral if the market value of the securities on loan exceeds the initial market value of cash collateral delivered. The fair value of the collateral received at the time of the transaction amounted to $872.5 and $901.5 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The value of the cash collateral delivered represented 102% and 103% of the market value of the securities on loan at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Under the FASB guidance related to accounting for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities, we recognize the cash collateral as an asset, which is reported as “securities lending collateral” on our consolidated balance sheets and we record a corresponding liability for the obligation to return the cash collateral to the borrower, which is reported as “securities lending payable.” The securities on loan are reported in the applicable investment category on the consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized gains or losses on securities lending collateral are included in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

 

Premium and Self-Funded Receivables: Premium and self-funded receivables include the uncollected amounts from fully-insured and self-funded groups, and are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $183.7 and $145.9 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on historical collection trends and our judgment regarding the ability to collect specific accounts.

 

Other Receivables: Other receivables include pharmacy rebates, provider advances, claims recoveries, reinsurance, government programs, proceeds due from brokers on investment trades and other miscellaneous amounts due to us. These receivables are reported net of an allowance for uncollectible amounts of $149.1 and $187.8 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which is based on historical collection trends and our judgment regarding the ability to collect specific amounts.

 

Income Taxes: We file a consolidated income tax return. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences between the financial statement and tax return bases of assets and liabilities based on enacted tax rates and laws. The deferred tax benefits of the deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent realization of such benefits is more likely than not. Deferred income tax expense or benefit generally represents the net change in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year. Current income tax expense represents the tax consequences of revenues and expenses currently taxable or deductible on various income tax returns for the year reported.

 

85


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

We account for income tax contingencies in accordance with FASB guidance that contains a model to address uncertainty in tax positions and clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold, which all income tax positions must achieve before being recognized in the financial statements.

 

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment is recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed principally by the straight-line method over estimated useful lives ranging from 15 to 39 years for buildings and improvements, three to seven years for furniture and equipment, and three to five years for computer software. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the term of the related lease. Certain costs related to the development or purchase of internal-use software are capitalized and amortized.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: FASB guidance requires business combinations to be accounted for using the acquisitions method of accounting and it also specifies the types of acquired intangible assets that are required to be recognized and reported separately from goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of cost of acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent the values assigned to subscriber bases, provider and hospital networks, Blue Cross and Blue Shield and other trademarks, licenses, non-compete and other agreements. Goodwill and other intangible assets are allocated to reportable segments based on the relative fair value of the components of the businesses acquired.

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually. Furthermore, goodwill and other intangible assets are allocated to reporting units for purposes of the annual impairment test. Our impairment tests require us to make assumptions and judgments regarding the estimated fair value of our reporting units, including goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives. In addition, certain other intangible assets with indefinite lives, such as trademarks, are also tested separately. Fair value is calculated using a blend of a projected income and market valuation approach. The projected income approach is developed using assumptions about future revenue, expenses and net income derived from our internal planning process. Our assumed discount rate is based on our industry’s weighted average cost of capital and reflects volatility associated with the cost of equity capital. Market valuations are based on observed multiples of certain measures including membership, revenue, EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) and net income as well as market capitalization analysis of WellPoint and other comparable companies. Estimated fair values developed based on our assumptions and judgments might be significantly different if other reasonable assumptions and estimates were to be used. If estimated fair values are less than the carrying values of goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives in future annual impairment tests, or if significant impairment indicators are noted relative to other intangible assets subject to amortization, we may be required to record impairment losses against future income.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments: We typically invest in the following types of derivative financial instruments: interest rate swaps, forward contracts, call options, credit default swaps, embedded derivatives, warrants and swaptions. Derivatives embedded within non-derivative instruments (such as options embedded in convertible fixed maturity securities) are bifurcated from the host instrument when the embedded derivative is not clearly and closely related to the host instrument. Our use of derivatives is limited by statutes and regulations promulgated by the various regulatory bodies to which we are subject, and by our own derivative policy. Our derivative use is generally limited to hedging purposes and we generally do not use derivative instruments for speculative purposes.

 

We have exposure to economic losses due to interest rate risk arising from changes in the level or volatility of interest rates. We attempt to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risk through active portfolio management,

 

86


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

including rebalancing our existing portfolios of assets and liabilities, as well as changing the characteristics of investments to be purchased or sold in the future. In addition, derivative financial instruments are used to modify the interest rate exposure of certain liabilities or forecasted transactions. These strategies include the use of interest rate swaps and forward contracts, which are used to lock-in interest rates or to hedge (on an economic basis) interest rate risks associated with variable rate debt. We have used these types of instruments as designated hedges against specific liabilities.

 

All investments in derivatives are recorded as assets or liabilities at fair value. If certain correlation, hedge effectiveness and risk reduction criteria are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as a hedge of exposure to changes in fair value or cash flow. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on the intended use of the derivative and the nature of any hedge designation thereon. Amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, if any, as well as the ineffective portion of the gain or loss, are reported in results of operations immediately. If the derivative is not designated as a hedge, the gain or loss resulting from the change in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in results of operations in the period of change.

 

From time to time, we may also purchase derivatives to hedge (on an economic basis) our exposure to foreign currency exchange fluctuations associated with the operations of certain of our subsidiaries. We generally use futures or forward contracts for these transactions. We generally do not designate these contracts as hedges and, accordingly, the changes in fair value of these derivatives are recognized in income immediately.

 

Credit exposure associated with non-performance by the counterparties to derivative instruments is generally limited to the uncollateralized fair value of the asset related to instruments recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. We attempt to mitigate the risk of non-performance by selecting counterparties with high credit ratings and monitoring their creditworthiness and by diversifying derivatives among multiple counterparties. At December 31, 2011, we believe there were no material concentrations of credit risk with any individual counterparty.

 

Certain of our derivative agreements contain credit support provisions that require us to post collateral if there are declines in the derivative fair value or our credit rating.

 

Retirement Benefits: We recognize the funded status of pension and other postretirement benefit plans on the consolidated balance sheets based on fiscal-year-end measurements of plan assets and benefit obligations. Prepaid pension benefits represent prepaid costs related to defined benefit pension plans and are reported with other noncurrent assets. Postretirement benefits represent outstanding obligations for retiree medical, life, vision and dental benefits. Liabilities for pension and other postretirement benefits are reported with current and noncurrent liabilities based on the amount by which the actuarial present value of benefits payable in the next 12 months included in the benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets.

 

Medical Claims Payable: Liabilities for medical claims payable include estimated provisions for incurred but not paid claims on an undiscounted basis, as well as estimated provisions for expenses related to the processing of claims. Incurred but not paid claims include (1) an estimate for claims that are incurred but not reported, as well as claims reported to us but not yet processed through our systems; and (2) claims reported to us and processed through our systems but not yet paid.

 

Liabilities for both claims incurred but not reported and reported but not yet processed through our systems are determined in aggregate by employing actuarial methods that are commonly used by health insurance actuaries and meet Actuarial Standards of Practice. Actuarial Standards of Practice require that the claim

 

87


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

liabilities be appropriate under moderately adverse circumstances. We determine the amount of the liability for incurred but not paid claims by following a detailed actuarial process that entails using both historical claim payment patterns as well as emerging medical cost trends to project our best estimate of claim liabilities.

 

We regularly review and set assumptions regarding cost trends and utilization when initially establishing claim liabilities. We continually monitor and adjust the claims liability and benefit expense based on subsequent paid claims activity. If our assumptions regarding cost trends and utilization are significantly different than actual results, our income statement and financial position could be impacted in future periods.

 

Premium deficiencies are recognized when it is probable that expected claims and administrative expenses will exceed future premiums on existing medical insurance contracts without consideration of investment income. Determination of premium deficiencies for longer duration life and disability contracts includes consideration of investment income. For purposes of premium deficiencies, contracts are deemed to be either short or long duration and are grouped in a manner consistent with our method of acquiring, servicing and measuring the profitability of such contracts. Once established, premium deficiencies are released commensurate with actual claims experience over the remaining life of the contract. No premium deficiencies were established at December 31, 2011.

 

Reserves for Future Policy Benefits: Reserves for future policy benefits include liabilities for life and long-term disability insurance policy benefits based upon interest, mortality and morbidity assumptions from published actuarial tables, modified based upon our experience. Future policy benefits also include liabilities for insurance policies for which some of the premiums received in earlier years are intended to pay anticipated benefits to be incurred in future years. Future policy benefits are continually monitored and reviewed, and when reserves are adjusted, differences are reflected in benefit expense.

 

The current portion of reserves for future policy benefits relates to the portion of such reserves that we expect to pay within one year. We believe that our liabilities for future policy benefits, along with future premiums received are adequate to satisfy our ultimate benefit liability; however, these estimates are inherently subject to a number of variable circumstances. Consequently, the actual results could differ materially from the amounts recorded in our consolidated financial statements.

 

Other Policyholder Liabilities: Other policyholder liabilities include rate stabilization reserves associated with retrospectively rated insurance contracts as well as certain case-specific reserves. Rate stabilization reserves represent accumulated premiums that exceed what customers owe us based on actual claim experience. The timing of payment of these retrospectively rated refunds is based on the contractual terms with the customers and can vary from period to period based on the specific contractual requirements.

 

Revenue Recognition: Premiums for fully-insured contracts are recognized as revenue over the period insurance coverage is provided. Premiums applicable to the unexpired contractual coverage periods are reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as unearned income. Premiums include revenue from retrospectively rated contracts where revenue is based on the estimated ultimate loss experience of the contract. Premium revenue includes an adjustment for retrospectively rated refunds based on an estimate of incurred claims. Premium rates for certain lines of business are subject to approval by the Department of Insurance of each respective state.

 

Administrative fees include revenue from certain group contracts that provide for the group to be at risk for all, or with supplemental insurance arrangements, a portion of their claims experience. We charge these

 

88


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

self-funded groups an administrative fee, which is based on the number of members in a group or the group’s claim experience. In addition, administrative fees include amounts received for the administration of Medicare or certain other government programs. Under our self-funded arrangements, revenue is recognized as administrative services are performed. All benefit payments under these programs are excluded from benefit expense.

 

Share-Based Compensation: Our compensation philosophy provides for share-based compensation, including stock options and restricted stock awards, as well as an employee stock purchase plan. Stock options are granted for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price at least equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of the grant. Restricted stock awards are issued at the fair value of the stock on the grant date. The employee stock purchase plan, which was suspended effective January 1, 2011, allowed for a purchase price per share which was 85% of the fair value of a share of common stock on the last trading day of the plan quarter. All share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and discounts associated with employee stock purchases, are recognized as compensation expense in the income statement based on their fair values. Additionally, excess tax benefits, which result from actual tax benefits exceeding deferred tax benefits previously recognized based on grant date fair value, are recognized as additional paid-in-capital and are reclassified from operating cash flows to financing cash flows in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Our share-based employee compensation plans and assumptions are described in Note 15, “Capital Stock.”

 

Advertising costs: We use print, broadcast and other advertising to promote our products and to develop our corporate image. The cost of advertising for product promotion is expensed as incurred while advertising associated with corporate image is expensed when first aired. Total advertising expense was $287.8, $226.1 and $309.8 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Earnings per Share: Earnings per share amounts, on a basic and diluted basis, have been calculated based upon the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period.

 

Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock, using the treasury stock method. The treasury stock method assumes exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock, with the assumed proceeds used to purchase common stock at the average market price for the period. The difference between the number of shares assumed issued and number of shares assumed purchased represents the dilutive shares.

 

Reclassifications: In 2010, the U.S. Federal government enacted legislation requiring that certain lines of business meet specified minimum medical loss ratios. For this purpose, the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, issued guidance specifying the types of costs that should be included in benefit expense for purposes of calculating medical loss ratios. This definition varied from our prior classification under GAAP. Where appropriate, we have adopted this revised classification effective January 1, 2011 to further align our GAAP basis classification to that used in the calculation for determining medical loss ratios under the HHS guidance. However, certain components of the medical loss ratio computation as defined by HHS cannot be classified consistently under GAAP. Accordingly, benefit expense ratios shown in our GAAP basis presentation are different than the medical loss ratios in accordance with HHS guidance for purposes of calculating rebates. Prior period amounts have not been reclassified due to immateriality.

 

Certain other prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 

89


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Business Combinations and Divestitures

 

Acquisition of CareMore

 

On August 22, 2011, we completed our acquisition of CareMore, a senior focused health care delivery program that includes Medicare Advantage plans and clinics designed to deliver proactive, integrated, individualized health care in select California, Arizona and Nevada markets. CareMore’s leading programs and services provide members with quality care through a hands-on approach to care coordination, convenient neighborhood care centers and exercise facilities and intensive treatment of chronic conditions. This approach enhances our ability to create better health outcomes for seniors by engaging members both on the front end of our relationship, through comprehensive health screenings and enhanced preventive care, and throughout the spectrum of their health care needs. The acquisition of CareMore supports our strategic plans to capitalize on new opportunities for growth in the changing marketplace and to create the best health care value in our industry.

 

In accordance with FASB accounting guidance for business combinations, the preliminary consideration transferred was allocated to the fair value of CareMore’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable intangible assets. The excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of net assets acquired resulted in preliminary non tax-deductible goodwill of $595.3 at December 31, 2011, all of which was allocated to our Consumer segment. Preliminary goodwill recognized from the acquisition of CareMore primarily relates to the expected future synergies from the expansion of CareMore’s business model to our members. In accordance with FASB guidance for business combinations, any additional payments or receipts of cash resulting from contractual purchase price adjustments or any subsequent adjustments made to the assets acquired or liabilities assumed during the measurement period will be recorded as an adjustment to goodwill.

 

The fair value of net assets acquired from CareMore included $172.6 of other intangible assets, which primarily consist of customer relationships, trade name and provider relationships and have amortization periods ranging from ten to twenty years.

 

The results of operations of CareMore have been included in our consolidated financial statements for the period following August 22, 2011. The pro-forma effects of this acquisition for prior periods were not material to our consolidated results of operations.

 

Sale of PBM Business

 

On December 1, 2009, we sold our pharmacy benefits management, or PBM, business to Express Scripts, Inc., or Express Scripts, and received $4,675.0 in cash. The pre-tax gain on the sale was $3,792.3. We also entered into a ten-year contract for Express Scripts to provide PBM services to our members. The results of operations of our PBM business have been included in our consolidated financial statements through November 30, 2009.

 

Components of the gain on sale are as follows:

 

Proceeds

  $ 4,675.0  

Book value of PBM business

    (696.6

Other transaction costs

    (186.1
 

 

 

 

Pre-tax gain on sale

    3,792.3  

Tax expense

    (1,431.1
 

 

 

 

Net gain on sale

  $ 2,361.2  
 

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Business Combinations and Divestitures (continued)

 

Other transaction costs include charges for systems conversions, investment banking, legal and accounting services and employee related costs.

 

Acquisition of DeCare Dental, LLC

 

On April 9, 2009, we completed our acquisition of DeCare Dental, LLC, or DeCare, a wholly-owned subsidiary of DeCare International. DeCare is one of the country’s largest administrators of dental benefit plans and provides services directly and through partnerships and administrative agreements with several dental insurance brands, primarily as a third party administrator. DeCare manages dental benefits and provides our customers with innovative dental products and enhanced customer service. The results of operations of DeCare are included in our consolidated financial statements for periods following April 9, 2009. The pro-forma effects of this acquisition for prior periods were not material to our consolidated results of operations.

 

4. Restructuring Activities

 

As a result of restructuring activities implemented during 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recorded liabilities for employee termination costs and lease and other contract exit costs. The restructuring activities are classified as components of general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income for the respective period in which they occurred.

 

The 2011 restructuring activities were initiated as a result of our efforts to improve, streamline and make our core business processes more efficient and effective. Activity related to these liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2011, by segment, is as follows:

 

    Commercial     Consumer     Other      Total  

2011 Restructuring Activities

        

Employee termination costs:

        

Costs incurred in 2011

  $ 52.2     $ 11.9     $ 0.7      $ 64.8  

2011 payments

    (0.4     (0.1     —           (0.5
 

 

 

 

Liabilities for employee termination costs ending balance at December 31, 2011

    51.8       11.8       0.7        64.3  

Lease and other contract exit costs:

        

Costs incurred in 2011

    17.2       5.7       1.9        24.8  
 

 

 

 

Liability for lease and other contract exit costs ending balance at December 31, 2011

    17.2       5.7       1.9        24.8  
 

 

 

 

Total liability for 2011 restructuring activities ending balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 69.0     $ 17.5     $ 2.6      $ 89.1  
 

 

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4. Restructuring Activities (continued)

 

The 2010 restructuring activities were initiated as a result of a change in strategic focus primarily in response to Health Care Reform. Activity related to these liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, by segment, is as follows:

 

    Commercial     Consumer     Other     Total  

2010 Restructuring Activities

       

Employee termination costs:

       

Costs incurred in 2010

  $ 53.6     $ 19.2     $ 5.0     $ 77.8  

2010 payments

    (0.5     (0.2     (0.1     (0.8
 

 

 

 

Liabilities for employee termination costs ending balance at December 31, 2010

    53.1       19.0       4.9       77.0  

2011 payments

    (25.3     (9.0     (2.3     (36.6

Liabilities released in 2011

    (16.8     (6.0     (1.6     (24.4
 

 

 

 

Liabilities for employee termination costs ending balance at December 31, 2011

    11.0       4.0       1.0       16.0  

Lease and other contract exit costs:

       

Costs incurred in 2010

    15.7       4.7       2.2       22.6  

2010 payments

    (1.3     (0.4     (0.3     (2.0
 

 

 

 

Liabilities for lease and other contract exit costs ending balance at December 31, 2010

    14.4       4.3       1.9       20.6  

2011 payments

    (7.5     (2.2     (1.0     (10.7

Liabilities released in 2011

    (0.7     (0.3     —          (1.0
 

 

 

 

Liability for lease and other contract exit costs ending balance at December 31, 2011

    6.2       1.8       0.9       8.9  
 

 

 

 

Total liability for 2010 restructuring activities ending balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 17.2     $ 5.8     $ 1.9     $ 24.9  
 

 

 

 

 

In addition, during 2010 we recognized $40.5 of impairments for information technology assets related to our change in strategic focus primarily in response to Health Care Reform. The impairments are a component of general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statement of income.

 

92


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4. Restructuring Activities (continued)

 

The 2009 restructuring activities were executed as a result of a strategic realignment to our corporate strategy. Activity related to these liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, by segment, is as follows:

 

    Commercial     Consumer     Other     Total  

2009 Restructuring Activities

       

Employee termination costs:

       

Costs incurred in 2009

  $ 93.1     $ 20.3     $ 10.3     $ 123.7  

2009 payments

    (3.4     (0.7     (0.4     (4.5
 

 

 

 

Liabilities for employee termination costs ending balance at December 31, 2009

    89.7       19.6       9.9       119.2  

2010 payments

    (56.0     (12.2     (6.2     (74.4

Liabilities released in 2010

    (21.7     (4.7     (2.4     (28.8
 

 

 

 

Liabilities for employee termination costs ending balance at December 31, 2010

    12.0       2.7       1.3       16.0  

2011 payments

    (7.4     (1.7     (0.8     (9.9

Liabilities released in 2011

    (2.7     (0.6     (0.3     (3.6
 

 

 

 

Liabilities for employee termination costs ending balance at December 31, 2011

    1.9       0.4       0.2       2.5  

Lease and other contract exit costs:

       

Costs incurred in 2009

    33.9       3.3       10.7       47.9  

2009 payments

    (2.1     (0.1     (1.6     (3.8
 

 

 

 

Liabilities for lease and other contract exit costs ending balance at December 31, 2009

    31.8       3.2       9.1       44.1  

2010 payments

    (4.4     (0.2     (0.4     (5.0
 

 

 

 

Liability for lease and other contract exit costs ending balance at December 31, 2010

    27.4       3.0       8.7       39.1  

2011 payments

    (2.5     (0.3     (0.8     (3.6

Liabilities released in 2011

    (5.2     (1.7     (0.2     (7.1
 

 

 

 

Liability for lease and other contract exit costs ending balance at December 31, 2011

    19.7       1.0       7.7       28.4  
 

 

 

 

Total liability for 2009 restructuring activities ending balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 21.6     $ 1.4     $ 7.9     $ 30.9  
 

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5. Investments

 

A summary of current and long-term investments, available-for-sale, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

    Cost or
Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross Unrealized Losses     Estimated
Fair Value
     Non-Credit
Component  of
Other-Than-
Temporary
Impairments
Recognized in
AOCI
 
      12 Months
or Less
    Greater than
12 Months
      

December 31, 2011:

            

Fixed maturity securities:

            

United States Government securities

  $ 564.9     $ 39.9     $ (0.1   $ —        $ 604.7      $ —     

Government sponsored securities

    173.1       2.5       —          —          175.6        —     

States, municipalities and political subdivisions—tax-exempt

    4,994.2       352.3       (3.9     (15.0     5,327.6        (0.5

Corporate securities

    6,588.0       305.3       (88.4     (6.9     6,798.0        (0.4

Options embedded in convertible debt securities

    79.7       —          —          —          79.7        —     

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    2,471.4       112.1       (7.6     (10.9     2,565.0        (6.2

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    363.2       14.9       (1.0     (1.7     375.4        —     

Other debt obligations

    239.9       3.1       (2.0     (7.1     233.9        (3.2
 

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

    15,474.4       830.1       (103.0     (41.6     16,159.9      $ (10.3
            

 

 

 

Equity securities

    966.1       277.0       (26.2     —          1,216.9     
 

 

 

    

Total investments, available-for-sale

  $ 16,440.5     $ 1,107.1     $ (129.2   $ (41.6   $ 17,376.8     
 

 

 

    

December 31, 2010:

            

Fixed maturity securities:

            

United States Government securities

  $ 500.9     $ 14.1     $ (3.6   $ —        $ 511.4      $ —     

Government sponsored securities

    325.6       6.0       (0.8     —          330.8        —     

States, municipalities and political subdivisions—tax-exempt

    4,630.2       130.5       (38.9     (29.6     4,692.2        —     

Corporate securities

    6,850.1       385.1       (16.9     (7.1     7,211.2        (0.8

Options embedded in convertible debt securities

    108.3       —          —          —          108.3        —     

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    2,747.2       113.7       (9.0     (15.4     2,836.5        (6.2

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    330.9       9.2       (1.5     (2.2     336.4        —     

Other debt obligations

    268.0       6.2       (0.3     (9.4     264.5        (2.1
 

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

    15,761.2       664.8       (71.0     (63.7     16,291.3      $ (9.1
            

 

 

 

Equity securities

    894.2       383.2       (7.8     —          1,269.6     
 

 

 

    

Total investments, available-for-sale

  $ 16,655.4     $ 1,048.0     $ (78.8   $ (63.7   $ 17,560.9     
 

 

 

    

 

94


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5. Investments (continued)

 

At December 31, 2011, we owned $2,940.4 of mortgage-backed securities and $233.9 of asset-backed securities out of a total available-for-sale investment portfolio of $17,376.8. These securities included sub-prime and Alt-A securities with fair values of $56.5 and $186.7, respectively. These sub-prime and Alt-A securities had accumulated net unrealized losses of $5.6 and $7.3, respectively. The average credit rating of the sub-prime and Alt-A securities was “BB” and “CCC”, respectively.

 

The following tables summarize for fixed maturity securities and equity securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and 2010, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time those securities have been continuously in an unrealized loss position.

 

    12 Months or Less     Greater than 12 Months  
    Number of
Securities
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Gross
Unrealized
Loss
    Number of
Securities
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Gross
Unrealized
Loss
 
(Securities are whole amounts)                                    

December 31, 2011:

           

Fixed maturity securities:

           

United States Government securities

    3     $ 7.1     $ (0.1     —        $ —        $ —     

States, municipalities and political subdivisions—tax-exempt

    19       86.6       (3.9     84       195.2       (15.0

Corporate securities

    1,047       1,798.1       (88.4     36       35.4       (6.9

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    91       170.4       (7.6     65       78.0       (10.9

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    14       27.7       (1.0     5       15.6       (1.7

Other debt obligations

    41       118.5       (2.0     31       32.7       (7.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

    1,215       2,208.4       (103.0     221       356.9       (41.6

Equity securities

    1,137       271.6       (26.2     —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity and equity securities

    2,352     $ 2,480.0     $ (129.2     221     $ 356.9     $ (41.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

           

Fixed maturity securities:

           

United States Government securities

    23     $ 142.9     $ (3.6     —        $ —        $ —     

Government sponsored securities

    24       103.5       (0.8     —          —          —     

States, municipalities and political subdivisions—tax-exempt

    449       1,493.1       (38.9     101       166.1       (29.6

Corporate securities

    742       1,436.3       (16.9     65       92.9       (7.1

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    279       512.6       (9.0     82       149.9       (15.4

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    34       107.5       (1.5     3       8.1       (2.2

Other debt obligations

    28       60.9       (0.3     38       46.4       (9.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

    1,579       3,856.8       (71.0     289       463.4       (63.7

Equity securities

    365       81.6       (7.8     —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity and equity securities

    1,944     $ 3,938.4     $ (78.8     289     $ 463.4     $ (63.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5. Investments (continued)

 

The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2011, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities may be less than contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties.

 

    Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Due in one year or less

  $ 630.3      $ 665.1  

Due after one year through five years

    4,727.9        4,881.8  

Due after five years through ten years

    4,291.7        4,548.1  

Due after ten years

    2,989.9        3,124.5  

Mortgage-backed securities

    2,834.6        2,940.4  
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale fixed maturity securities

  $ 15,474.4      $ 16,159.9  
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The major categories of net investment income for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

    2011     2010     2009  

Fixed maturity securities

  $ 692.4     $ 740.7     $ 796.0  

Equity securities

    34.0       29.6       25.9  

Cash and cash equivalents

    3.7       8.3       15.0  

Other

    2.4       61.9       (2.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment income

    732.5       840.5       834.2  

Investment expense

    (28.8     (37.2     (33.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment income

  $ 703.7     $ 803.3     $ 801.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5. Investments (continued)

 

Net realized investment gains/losses and net change in unrealized appreciation/depreciation in investments for the years ended December 31, are as follows:

 

    2011     2010     2009  

Net realized gains/losses on investments:

     

Fixed maturity securities:

     

Gross realized gains from sales

  $ 289.2     $ 268.1     $ 158.3  

Gross realized losses from sales

    (65.1     (39.1     (135.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized gains/losses from sales of fixed maturity securities

    224.1       229.0       22.8  

Equity securities:

     

Gross realized gains from sales

    75.4       57.7       116.5  

Gross realized losses from sales

    (68.0     (81.4     (81.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized gains/losses from sales of equity securities

    7.4       (23.7     35.0  

Other realized gains/losses on investments

    3.6       (11.2     (1.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized gains on investments

    235.1       194.1       56.4  

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income:

     

Fixed maturity securities

    (24.2     (24.4     (217.6

Equity securities

    (69.1     (15.0     (232.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income:

    (93.3     (39.4     (450.2

Change in net unrealized gains/losses on investments:

     

Cumulative effect of adoption of FASB OTTI guidance

    —          —          (143.1

Fixed maturity securities

    155.9       29.7       1,209.1  

Equity securities

    (124.6     164.7       419.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total change in net unrealized gains/losses on investments

    31.3       194.4       1,485.7  

Deferred income tax expense

    (11.4     (54.6     (540.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in net unrealized gains/losses on investments

    19.9       139.8       945.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized gains/losses on investments, other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income and net change in net unrealized gains/losses on investments

  $ 161.7     $ 294.5     $ 551.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

A primary objective in the management of fixed maturity and equity portfolios is to maximize total return relative to underlying liabilities and respective liquidity needs. In achieving this goal, assets may be sold to take advantage of market conditions or other investment opportunities as well as tax considerations. Sales will generally produce realized gains and losses. In the ordinary course of business, we may sell securities at a loss for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to: (i) changes in the investment environment; (ii) expectations that the fair value could deteriorate further; (iii) desire to reduce exposure to an issuer or an industry; (iv) changes in credit quality; or (v) changes in expected cash flow. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we sold $10,733.6 of fixed maturity and equity securities which resulted in gross realized losses of $133.1.

 

A significant judgment in the valuation of investments is the determination of when an other-than-temporary decline in value has occurred. We follow a consistent and systematic process for recognizing impairments on securities that sustain other-than-temporary declines in value. We have established a committee responsible for the impairment review process. The decision to impair a security incorporates both quantitative criteria and qualitative information. The impairment review process considers a number of factors including, but not limited

 

97


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5. Investments (continued)

 

to: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than book value, (ii) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (iii) our intent and ability to retain impaired equity security investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value, (iv) our intent to sell or the likelihood that we will need to sell a fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, (v) whether the debtor is current on interest and principal payments, (vi) the reasons for the decline in value (i.e., credit event compared to liquidity, general credit spread widening, currency exchange rate or interest rate factors) and (vii) general market conditions and industry or sector specific factors. For securities that are deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, the security is adjusted to fair value and the resulting losses are recognized in realized gains or losses in the consolidated statements of income. The new cost basis of the impaired securities is not increased for future recoveries in fair value.

 

Other-than-temporary impairments recorded in 2011, 2010 and 2009 were primarily the result of the continued credit deterioration on specific issuers in the bond markets and certain equity securities’ fair values remaining below cost for an extended period of time. There were no individually significant other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments by issuer during 2011, 2010 or 2009.

 

Investment securities are exposed to various risks, such as interest rate, market and credit. Due to the level of risk associated with certain investment securities and the level of uncertainty related to changes in the value of investment securities, it is possible that changes in these risk factors in the near term could have an adverse material impact on our results of operations or shareholders’ equity.

 

The changes in the amount of the credit component of other-than-temporary impairment losses on fixed maturity securities recognized in income, for which a portion of the other-than-temporary impairment losses was recognized in other comprehensive income, was not material for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009.

 

Upon adoption of certain FASB OTTI guidance on April 1, 2009, we recorded a cumulative-effect adjustment, net of taxes, of $88.9 as of the beginning of the period of adoption, April 1, 2009, to reclassify the non-credit component of previously recognized other-than-temporary impairments from retained earnings to accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, no investments exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity.

 

The carrying value of fixed maturity investments that did not produce income during 2011 and 2010 was $11.9 and $13.0 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2011 we had committed approximately $263.9 to future capital calls from various third-party investments in exchange for an ownership interest in the related entity.

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, securities with carrying values of approximately $246.8 and $221.8, respectively, were deposited by our insurance subsidiaries under requirements of regulatory authorities.

 

98


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Derivative Financial Instruments

 

A summary of the aggregate contractual or notional amounts and estimated fair values related to derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

    Contractual/
Notional

Amount
    

Balance Sheet Location

   Estimated Fair
Value
 
        Asset      (Liability)  

December 31, 2011

          

Hedging instruments

          

Interest rate swaps

  $ 1,105.0      Other assets/other liabilities    $ 86.6      $ —     

Non-hedging instruments

          

Derivatives embedded in convertible debt securities

    368.2      Fixed maturity securities      79.7        —     

Credit default and interest rate swaps

    113.2      Equity securities       2.1        (7.5

Options

    7,227.7      Equity securities       255.2        (274.4

Futures

    —         Equity securities       1.2        (2.6
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Subtotal non-hedging

    7,709.1           338.2        (284.5
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $ 8,814.1         $ 424.8      $ (284.5
 

 

 

       

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

          

Hedging instruments

          

Interest rate swaps

  $ 1,505.0      Other assets/other liabilities    $ 95.3      $ —     

Non-hedging instruments

          

Derivatives embedded in convertible debt securities

    389.8      Fixed maturity securities      108.3        —     

Credit default swaps

    29.8      Equity securities       —           (1.5

Options

    5,682.0      Equity securities       192.6        (215.0
 

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal non-hedging

    6,101.6           300.9        (216.5
 

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $ 7,606.6         $ 396.2      $ (216.5
 

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)

 

Fair Value Hedges

 

We have entered into various interest rate swap contracts to convert a portion of our interest rate exposure on our long-term debt from fixed rates to floating rates. The floating rates payable on all of our fair value hedges are benchmarked to LIBOR. A summary of our outstanding fair value hedges at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

Type of Fair Value Hedge

  Year
Entered
Into
    Outstanding Notional Amount      Interest
Rate
Received
    Expiration
Date
 
        2011              2010           

Interest rate swap

    2011      $ 200.0      $ —           5.250     January 15, 2016   

Interest rate swap

    2010        25.0        25.0        5.250       January 15, 2016   

Interest rate swap

    2009        —           600.0        5.000       January 15, 2011   

Interest rate swap

    2006        240.0        240.0        6.800       August 1, 2012   

Interest rate swap

    2006        200.0        200.0        5.000       December 15, 2014   

Interest rate swap

    2005        240.0        240.0        6.800       August 1, 2012   

Interest rate swap

    2005        200.0        200.0        5.000       December 15, 2014   
   

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total notional amount outstanding

    $ 1,105.0      $ 1,505.0       
   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

A summary of the effect of fair value hedges on our income statement for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

Type of Fair Value Hedge

  Income Statement
Location of Hedge
Gain (Loss)
    Hedge
Gain (Loss)
Recognized
    Hedged Item      Income Statement
Location  of
Hedged Item
Gain (Loss)
    Hedged Item
Gain (Loss)
Recognized
 

Year ended December 31, 2011

          

Interest rate swaps

    Interest expense      $ 45.1       Fixed rate debt         Interest expense      $ (45.1
   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

          

Interest rate swaps

    Interest expense      $ 44.8       Fixed rate debt         Interest expense      $ (44.8
   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009

          

Interest rate swaps

    Interest expense      $ 38.0       Fixed rate debt         Interest expense      $ (38.0
   

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

Cash Flow Hedges

 

We have historically entered into forward starting pay fixed interest rate swaps, with the objective of eliminating the variability of cash flows in the interest payments on various debt issuances. These swaps have all terminated and no amounts were outstanding at December 31, 2011 or 2010. The unrecognized loss for all terminated cash flow hedges included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $35.3 and $25.3, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the total amount of amortization over the next twelve months for all cash flow hedges will increase interest expense by approximately $3.9.

 

100


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)

 

A summary of the effect of cash flow hedges on our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

Type of Cash Flow Hedge

  Effective Portion     Ineffective Portion  
  Pretax Hedge
Gain (Loss)
Recognized
in Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Income Statement
Location of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassification
from Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Hedge
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified  from
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
   
        Income
Statement
Location of
Gain (Loss)
Recognized
    Hedge
Gain (Loss)
Recognized
 

Year ended December 31, 2011:

         

Forward starting pay fixed swaps

  $ (18.2     Interest expense      $ (1.8     None      $ —     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010:

         

Forward starting pay fixed swaps

  $ (24.0     Interest expense      $ (1.2     None      $ —     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009:

         

Forward starting pay fixed swaps

  $ (3.5     Interest expense      $ —          None      $ —     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other fixed pay swaps

  $ —          Interest expense      $ 0.2       None      $ —     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

We test for cash flow hedge effectiveness at hedge inception and re-assess at the end of each reporting period. No amounts were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

 

101


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)

 

Non-Hedging Derivatives

 

A summary of the effect of non-hedging derivatives on our income statement for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

Type of Non-hedging Derivatives

 

Income Statement Location of

Gain (Loss) Recognized

   Derivative
Gain (Loss)
Recognized
 

Year ended December 31, 2011:

    

Derivatives embedded in convertible debt securities

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

   $ (7.6

Credit default and interest rate swaps

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

     (53.3

Options

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

     9.6  

Futures

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

     (5.9
    

 

 

 

Total

     $ (57.2
    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010:

    

Derivatives embedded in convertible debt securities

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

   $ 24.3  

Credit default swaps

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

     (2.0

Options

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

     (62.9
    

 

 

 

Total

     $ (40.6
    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009:

    

Derivatives embedded in convertible debt securities

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

   $ 44.0  

Credit default swaps

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

     (1.0

Options

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

     (5.6

Futures

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

     3.3  

Foreign currency derivatives

 

Net realized gains (losses) on investments

     1.2  
    

 

 

 

Total

     $ 41.9  
    

 

 

 

 

7. Fair Value

 

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. Level inputs, as defined by FASB guidance for fair value measurements and disclosures, are as follows:

 

Level Input:

 

Input Definition:

Level I

  Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.

Level II

  Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level I that are observable for the asset or liability through corroboration with market data at the measurement date.

Level III

  Unobservable inputs that reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

 

Transfers between levels, if any, are recorded as of the beginning of the reporting period.

 

102


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

7. Fair Value (continued)

 

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to determine the fair value of each class of the following assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets:

 

Cash equivalents: Cash equivalents primarily consist of highly rated money market funds with maturities of three months or less, and are purchased daily at par value with specified yield rates. Due to the high ratings and short-term nature of the funds, we designate all cash equivalents as Level I.

 

Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale: Fair values of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. These fair values are obtained primarily from third party pricing services, which generally use Level I or Level II inputs for the determination of fair value to facilitate fair value measurements and disclosures. United States Government securities represent Level I securities, while Level II securities primarily include corporate securities, securities from states, municipalities and political subdivisions and mortgage-backed securities. For securities not actively traded, the third party pricing services may use quoted market prices of comparable instruments or discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating inputs that are currently observable in the markets for similar securities. We have controls in place to review the third party pricing services’ qualifications and procedures used to determine fair values. In addition, we periodically review the third party pricing services’ pricing methodologies, data sources and pricing inputs to ensure the fair values obtained are reasonable. Inputs that are often used in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, broker quotes, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates and prepayment speeds. We also have certain fixed maturity securities, primarily corporate debt and other fixed maturity securities, that are designated Level III securities. For these securities, the valuation methodologies may incorporate broker quotes or assumptions for benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates and prepayment speeds that are not observable in the markets.

 

Equity securities, available-for-sale: Fair values of equity securities are generally designated as Level I and are based on quoted market prices. For certain equity securities, quoted market prices for the identical security are not always available and the fair value is estimated by reference to similar securities for which quoted prices are available. These securities are designated Level II. We also have certain equity securities, including private equity securities, for which the fair value is estimated based on each security’s current condition and future cash flow projections. Such securities are designated Level III.

 

Other invested assets, current: Other invested assets, current include securities held in rabbi trusts that are classified as trading. Fair values are based on quoted market prices.

 

Securities lending collateral: Fair values of securities lending collateral are based on quoted market prices, where available. These fair values are obtained primarily from third party pricing services, which generally use Level I or Level II inputs, for the determination of fair value to facilitate fair value measurements and disclosures.

 

Derivatives—interest rate swaps: Fair values are based on the quoted market prices by the financial institution that is the counterparty to the swap. We independently verify prices provided by the counterparties using valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs for similar interest rate swaps.

 

We obtain only one quoted price for each security from third party pricing services, which are derived through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available market observable information. As we are responsible for the determination of fair value, we perform monthly analysis on the prices received from third parties to determine whether the prices are

 

103


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

7. Fair Value (continued)

 

reasonable estimates of fair value. Our analysis includes a review of month-to-month price fluctuations. If unusual fluctuations are noted in this review, we may obtain additional information from other pricing services to validate the quoted price. There were no adjustments to quoted market prices obtained from third party pricing services during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 that were material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

In addition, the following methods and assumptions were used to determine the fair value of each class of pension benefit plan assets and other benefit plan assets not defined above (see Note 11, “Retirement Benefits,” for fair values of benefit plan assets):

 

Mutual funds: Fair values are based on quoted market prices, which represent the net asset value, or NAV, of shares held.

 

Common and collective trusts: Fair values of common/collective trusts that replicate traded money market funds are based on cost, which approximates fair value. Fair values of common/collective trusts that invest in securities are valued at the NAV of the shares held, where the trust applies fair value measurements to the underlying investments to determine the NAV.

 

Partnership interests: Fair values are estimated based on the plan’s proportionate share of the undistributed partners’ capital as reported in audited financial statements of the partnership.

 

Contract with insurance company: Fair value of the contract in the insurance company general investment account is determined by the insurance company based on the fair value of the underlying investments of the account.

 

Investment in DOL 103-12 trust: Fair value is based on the plan’s proportionate share of the fair value of investments held by the trust, qualified as a Department of Labor Regulation 2520.103-12 entity, or DOL 103-12 trust, as reported in audited financial statements of the trust, where the trustee applies fair value measurements to the underlying investments of the trust.

 

Life insurance contracts: Fair value is based on the cash surrender value of the policies as reported by the insurer.

 

104


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

7. Fair Value (continued)

 

A summary of fair value measurements by level for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 is as follows:

 

    Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

December 31, 2011:

          

Assets:

          

Cash equivalents

  $ 1,675.8      $ —         $ —         $ 1,675.8  

Investments available-for-sale:

          

Fixed maturity securities:

          

United States Government securities

    604.7        —           —           604.7  

Government sponsored securities

    —           175.6        —           175.6  

States, municipalities and political subdivisions— tax-exempt

    —           5,327.6        —           5,327.6  

Corporate securities

    —           6,602.9        195.1        6,798.0  

Options embedded in convertible debt securities

    —           79.7        —           79.7  

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    —           2,565.0        —           2,565.0  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    —           369.1        6.3        375.4  

Other debt obligations

    —           174.9        59.0        233.9  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

    604.7        15,294.8        260.4        16,159.9  

Equity securities

    1,104.9        87.6        24.4        1,216.9  

Other invested assets, current

    14.8        —           —           14.8  

Securities lending collateral

    422.3        449.1        —           871.4  

Derivatives excluding embedded options (reported with other assets)

    —           86.6        —           86.6  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 3,822.5      $ 15,918.1      $ 284.8      $ 20,025.4  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

          

Assets:

          

Cash equivalents

  $ 1,374.9      $ —         $ —         $ 1,374.9  

Investments available-for-sale:

          

Fixed maturity securities:

          

United States Government securities

    511.4        —           —           511.4  

Government sponsored securities

    —           330.8        —           330.8  

States, municipalities and political subdivisions— tax-exempt

    —           4,692.2        —           4,692.2  

Corporate securities

    —           6,932.8        278.4        7,211.2  

Options embedded in convertible debt securities

    —           108.3        —           108.3  

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    —           2,832.7        3.8        2,836.5  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    —           328.6        7.8        336.4  

Other debt obligations

    —           183.1        81.4        264.5  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed maturity securities

    511.4        15,408.5        371.4        16,291.3  

Equity securities

    1,202.3        50.0        17.3        1,269.6  

Other invested assets, current

    21.1        —           —           21.1  

Securities lending collateral

    355.7        544.6        —           900.3  

Derivatives excluding embedded options (reported with other assets)

    —           95.3        —           95.3  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 3,465.4      $ 16,098.4      $ 388.7      $ 19,952.5  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

7. Fair Value (continued)

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level III inputs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

    Corporate
Securities
    Residential
Mortgage-
backed
Securities
    Commercial
Mortgage-
backed
Securities
    Other Debt
Obligations
    Equity
Securities
    Total  

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

           

Beginning balance at January 1, 2011

  $ 278.4     $ 3.8     $ 7.8     $ 81.4     $ 17.3     $ 388.7  

Total gains (losses):

           

Recognized in net income

    5.2       —          —          (1.7     (7.0     (3.5

Recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income

    (3.0     0.1       0.1       —          4.1       1.3  

Purchases

    31.2       2.8       2.6       12.2       10.2       59.0  

Sales

    (27.6     (9.1     (8.2     (22.9     (0.4     (68.2

Issuances

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Settlements

    (130.5     (0.8     (1.4     (17.7     —          (150.4

Transfers into Level III

    41.4       9.7       5.4       7.8       0.2       64.5  

Transfers out of Level III

    —          (6.5     —          (0.1     —          (6.6
 

 

 

 

Ending balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 195.1     $ —        $ 6.3     $ 59.0     $ 24.4     $ 284.8  
 

 

 

 

Change in unrealized losses included in net income related to assets still held for the year ended December 31,2011

  $ (0.6   $ —        $ —        $ (1.2   $ (7.0   $ (8.8
 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2010:

           

Beginning balance at January 1, 2010

  $ 231.7     $ 2.0     $ 7.1     $ 106.0     $ 4.5     $ 351.3  

Total gains (losses):

           

Recognized in net income

    (6.6     —          —          (3.9     (2.9     (13.4

Recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income

    18.7       —          1.7       13.2       2.0       35.6  

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net

    (18.0     1.8       (1.0     (33.9     0.7       (50.4

Transfers into Level III

    52.6       —          —          —          13.0       65.6  

Transfers out of Level III

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

 

Ending balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 278.4     $ 3.8     $ 7.8     $ 81.4     $ 17.3     $ 388.7  
 

 

 

 

Change in unrealized losses included in net income related to assets still held for the year ended December 31,2010

  $ (6.9   $ —        $ —        $ (1.1   $ (2.6   $ (10.6
 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009:

           

Beginning balance at January 1, 2009

  $ 191.1     $ 7.0     $ 9.7     $ 138.7     $ 11.2     $ 357.7  

Total gains (losses):

           

Recognized in net income

    (4.6     (1.7     0.2       (50.7     (1.2     (58.0

Recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income

    30.1       1.2       (1.5     46.5       (0.3     76.0  

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net

    (11.4     (4.5     (1.3     (29.6     (5.2     (52.0

Transfers into Level III

    48.7       —          —          4.9       —          53.6  

Transfers out of Level III

    (22.2     —          —          (3.8     —          (26.0
 

 

 

 

Ending balance at December 31, 2009

  $ 231.7     $ 2.0     $ 7.1     $ 106.0     $ 4.5     $ 351.3  
 

 

 

 

Change in unrealized losses included in net income related to assets still held for the year ended December 31,2009

  $ (3.4   $ —        $ —        $ (39.9   $ —        $ (43.3
 

 

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

7. Fair Value (continued)

 

There were no material transfers between Levels I, II or III during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances. As disclosed in Note 3, “Business Combinations”, we completed our acquisitions of CareMore and DeCare on August 22, 2011 and April 9, 2009, respectively. The values of net assets acquired in our acquisitions of CareMore and DeCare and resulting goodwill and other intangible assets were recorded at fair value using Level III inputs. The majority of CareMore’s and DeCare’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their carrying values as of the date of acquisition, as their carrying values approximated their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair values of goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in our acquisitions of CareMore and DeCare were internally estimated based on the income approach. The income approach estimates fair value based on the present value of the cash flows that the assets can be expected to generate in the future. We developed internal estimates for the expected cash flows and discount rate in the present value calculation. Other than assets acquired and liabilities assumed in our acquisition of CareMore, there were no other assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2011. Refer to Note 10, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” for disclosure of additional assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

Whenever possible, we attempt to obtain quoted market prices to estimate fair values for recognition and disclosure purposes. Where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated using present value or other valuation techniques. These techniques are significantly affected by our assumptions, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows. Potential taxes and other transaction costs have not been considered in estimating fair values.

 

In addition to the preceding disclosures on assets recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, FASB guidance also requires the disclosure of fair values for certain other financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate fair value, whether or not such values are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Non-financial instruments such as real estate, property and equipment, other current assets, deferred income taxes and intangible assets, and certain financial instruments such as policy liabilities are excluded from the fair value disclosures. Therefore, the fair value amounts cannot be aggregated to determine our underlying economic value.

 

The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash, accrued investment income, premium and self-funded receivables, other receivables, income taxes receivable, unearned income, accounts payable and accrued expenses, security trades pending payable, securities lending payable and certain other current liabilities approximate fair value because of the short term nature of these items. These assets and liabilities are not listed in the table below.

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument:

 

Other invested assets, long-term: Other invested assets, long-term include primarily our investments in limited partnerships, joint ventures and other non-controlled corporations, as well as the cash surrender value of corporate-owned life insurance policies. Investments in limited partnerships, joint ventures and other

 

107


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

7. Fair Value (continued)

 

non-controlled corporations are carried at our share in the entities’ undistributed earnings, which approximates fair value. The carrying value of corporate-owned life insurance policies represents the cash surrender value as reported by the respective insurer.

 

Short-term borrowings: The fair value of our short-term borrowings is based on quoted market prices for the same or similar debt, or, if no quoted market prices were available, on the current rates estimated to be available to us for debt of similar terms and remaining maturities.

 

Long-term debt—commercial paper: The carrying amount for commercial paper approximates fair value as the underlying instruments have variable interest rates at market value.

 

Long-term debt—notes and capital leases: The fair value of notes is based on quoted market prices for the same or similar debt, or, if no quoted market prices were available, on the current rates estimated to be available to us for debt of similar terms and remaining maturities. Capital leases are carried at the unamortized present value of the minimum lease payments, which approximates fair value.

 

The carrying values and estimated fair values of financial instruments not recorded at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31 are as follows:

 

    2011      2010  
  Carrying
Value
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Carrying
Value
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

Assets:

          

Other invested assets, long-term

  $ 1,003.7      $ 1,003.7      $ 865.4      $ 865.4  

Liabilities:

          

Debt:

          

Short-term borrowings

    100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0  

Commercial paper

    799.8        799.8        336.2        336.2  

Notes and capital leases

    8,895.6        9,871.7        8,517.5        9,010.6  

 

108


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

8. Income Taxes

 

The components of deferred income taxes at December 31 are as follows:

 

    2011     2010  

Deferred tax assets relating to:

   

Retirement benefits

  $ 418.5     $ 354.8  

Accrued expenses

    465.4       495.3  

Alternative minimum tax and other credits

    3.5       5.4  

Insurance reserves

    193.5       201.4  

Net operating loss carryforwards

    30.5       35.4  

Bad debt reserves

    116.8       121.0  

Depreciation and amortization

    4.7       4.0  

State income tax

    69.3       46.3  

Deferred compensation

    55.7       66.9  

Investment basis difference

    152.2       180.5  

Other

    66.8       70.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

    1,576.9       1,581.6  

Valuation allowance

    (11.0     (11.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

    1,565.9       1,570.6  

Deferred tax liabilities relating to:

   

Unrealized gains on securities

    328.2       317.2  

Acquisition related:

   

Goodwill and other acquisition related liabilities

    46.6       39.7  

Trademarks and other non-amortizable intangible assets

    2,095.5       2,095.5  

Subscriber base, provider and hospital networks

    490.8       519.6  

Internally developed software and other amortization differences

    414.3       333.2  

Retirement benefits

    202.7       190.9  

State deferred tax

    76.3       37.6  

Other

    210.7       162.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

    3,865.1       3,696.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

  $ (2,299.2   $ (2,126.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset-current

  $ 424.8     $ 460.9  

Deferred tax liability-noncurrent

    (2,724.0     (2,586.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

  $ (2,299.2   $ (2,126.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The valuation allowance is primarily attributable to the uncertainty of alternative minimum tax credits and net operating loss carryforwards. As deferred tax assets related to these types of deductions are recognized in the tax return, the valuation allowance is no longer required and is reduced.

 

109


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

8. Income Taxes (continued)

 

Significant components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, consist of the following:

 

    2011      2010      2009  

Current tax expense:

       

Federal

  $ 1,150.4      $ 1,329.5      $ 2,516.2  

State and local

    21.6        28.5        87.1  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current tax expense

    1,172.0        1,358.0        2,603.3  

Deferred tax expense

    139.2        108.7        53.8  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

  $ 1,311.2      $ 1,466.7      $ 2,657.1  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

A reconciliation of income tax expense recorded in the consolidated statements of income and amounts computed at the statutory federal income tax rate for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

 

    2011     2010     2009  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  

Amount at statutory rate

  $ 1,385.3       35.0   $ 1,523.8       35.0   $ 2,591.0       35.0

State and local income taxes net of federal tax benefit

    42.3       1.1       42.8       1.0       82.4       1.1  

Tax exempt interest and dividends received deduction

    (58.6     (1.5     (53.0     (1.2     (51.7     (0.7

Audit settlements

    (49.7     (1.3     (18.1     (0.4     (12.9     (0.2

Sale of PBM

    —          —          —          —          73.4       1.0  

Other, net

    (8.1     (0.2     (28.8     (0.7     (25.1     (0.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

  $ 1,311.2       33.1   $ 1,466.7       33.7   $ 2,657.1       35.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, following approval by the Joint Committee on Taxation, we settled the audit of our 2003 and 2004 (short year) federal tax returns, which had been in the appeals process with the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS. This resulted in a tax benefit of $39.3. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2011, we completed a state tax examination, resulting in additional tax benefits for audit settlements of $10.4.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we completed the sale of our PBM business and recorded tax expense of $1,431.1 related to this sale. The components of the tax on the sale were $1,327.3 computed at the statutory federal rate, $30.4 for state and local taxes and $73.4 for other tax adjustments.

 

The change in the carrying amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits from uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

 

    2011     2010  

Balance at January 1

  $ 100.4     $ 116.4  

Additions for tax positions related to:

   

Current year

    4.7       4.6  

Prior years

    4.1       0.5  

Reductions related to:

   

Tax positions of prior years

    (0.2     (13.0

Settlements with taxing authorities

    (15.8     (8.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

  $ 93.2     $ 100.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

8. Income Taxes (continued)

 

The table above excludes interest, net of related tax benefits, which is treated as income tax expense (benefit) under our accounting policy. The interest is included in the amounts described in the following paragraph.

 

As of December 31, 2011, $86.2 of unrecognized tax benefits would impact our effective tax rate in future periods, if recognized. Also included is $3.4 that would be recognized as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital and would not affect our effective tax rate. The December 31, 2011 balance includes $0.9 of tax positions for which ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Excluding the impact of interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect our effective tax rate, but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recognized approximately $(0.1), $(2.9) and $(0.9) in interest, respectively. We had accrued approximately $24.7 and $24.8 for the payment of interest at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2011, as further described below, certain tax years remain open to examination by the IRS and various state and local authorities. In addition, we continue to discuss certain industry issues with the IRS. As a result of these examinations and discussions, we have recorded amounts for uncertain tax positions. It is anticipated that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next twelve months due to possible settlements of audits and changes in temporary items. However, the ultimate resolution of these items is dependent on a number of factors, such as completion of negotiations with taxing authorities, the outcome of litigation and settlement of industry issues. While it is difficult to determine when other tax settlements will actually occur, it is reasonably possible that one could occur in the next twelve months and our unrecognized tax benefits could change within a range of approximately $5.0 to $(65.0).

 

We are a member of the IRS Compliance Assurance Program, or CAP. The objective of CAP is to reduce taxpayer burden and uncertainty while assuring the IRS of the accuracy of tax returns prior to filing, thereby reducing or eliminating the need for post-filing examinations.

 

As of December 31, 2011, the examinations of our 2010 through 2004 tax years continue to be in process. In addition, there are several years with ongoing disputes related to pre-acquisition companies that continue to be in process. Many of the issues in open tax years have been resolved; however, several of the examinations still require approval from the Joint Committee on Taxation before they can be finalized. The years under audit are in part interdependent on the settlement of the pre-acquisition audits, some of which require the approval of the Joint Committee on Taxation, impacting the ultimate conclusion of all the examinations. While we currently do not know the likelihood of settlement, the resulting tax benefit could possibly be material to our future results of operations and operating cash flows.

 

In certain states, we pay premium taxes in lieu of state income taxes. Premium taxes are reported with general and administrative expense.

 

At December 31, 2011, we had unused federal tax net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $87.1 to offset future taxable income. The loss carryforwards expire in the years 2015 through 2024. During 2011, 2010 and 2009 federal income taxes paid totaled $1,153.9, $2,531.9 and $1,194.2, respectively.

 

111


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9. Property and Equipment

 

A summary of property and equipment at December 31 is as follows:

 

    2011     2010  

Land and improvements

  $ 52.3     $ 51.9  

Building and components

    392.1       388.2  

Data processing equipment, furniture and other equipment

    725.6       671.8  

Computer software, purchased and internally developed

    1,295.0       1,145.6  

Leasehold improvements

    190.2       165.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

    2,655.2       2,423.0  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (1,237.1     (1,267.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

  $ 1,418.1     $ 1,155.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment includes assets purchased under noncancelable capital leases of $59.0 and $64.7 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Total accumulated amortization on leased assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $58.5 and $62.0, respectively. Depreciation expense for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $95.7, $103.1 and $107.1, respectively. Amortization expense on leased assets, computer software and leasehold improvements for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $204.6, $194.3 and $184.3, respectively, which includes amortization expense on computer software, both purchased and internally developed, for 2011, 2010 and 2009 of $183.9, $171.9 and $158.8, respectively. Capitalized costs related to the internal development of software of $1,022.2 and $898.5 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, are reported with computer software.

 

In addition to impairments for information technology assets related to our change in strategic focus in 2010, primarily in response to Health Care Reform as described in Note 4, “Restructuring Activities,” we experienced $54.8 of impairment during 2010 for information technology assets due to our decision to discontinue further use of these assets in the normal course of business.

 

10. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

A summary of the change in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment (see Note 20, “Segment Information”) for 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

    Commercial     Consumer     Other      Total  

Balance as of January 1, 2010

  $ 9,944.1     $ 3,320.5     $ —         $ 13,264.6  

Measurement period adjustments

    0.7       (0.4     —           0.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    9,944.8       3,320.1       —           13,264.9  

CareMore acquisition

    —          595.3       —           595.3  

Measurement period adjustments

    (1.2     (0.3     —           (1.5
 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $ 9,943.6     $ 3,915.1     $ —         $ 13,858.7  
 

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment as of December 31, 2011

  $ (41.0   $ —        $ —         $ (41.0
 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill adjustments incurred during 2011 included reductions totaling $1.5 related to the tax benefit on the exercise of stock options issued as part of various acquisitions. Goodwill adjustments incurred during 2010 included a reduction of $1.5 related to the tax benefit on the exercise of stock options issued as part of various acquisitions and an increase of $1.8 related to other measurement period adjustments.

 

112


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (continued)

 

As required by FASB guidance, we completed our annual impairment tests of existing goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives during the fourth quarters of 2011, 2010 and 2009. The guidance also requires interim impairment testing to be performed when potential impairment indicators exist. These tests involve the use of estimates related to the fair value of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives and require a significant degree of management judgment and the use of subjective assumptions. The fair values were estimated using the income and market value valuation methods, incorporating Level III internal estimates for inputs, including, but not limited to, revenue projections, income projections, cash flows and discount rates. The annual impairment tests are performed in the fourth quarter and, thus, are performed after the recognition of the impairment discussed in the following paragraph.

 

As a result of a strategic action, on October 28, 2009, we announced that we entered into a member transition agreement with Health Care Service Corporation, or HCSC, which operates as Blue Cross and Blue Shield in Illinois and Texas, among other states. Under this agreement, HCSC offered guaranteed replacement coverage to our UniCare commercial group and individual members in those states. In the fourth quarter of 2009, commensurate with the expected transition of our Illinois and Texas UniCare commercial group and individual members to HCSC, we identified and recorded a pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $41.0.

 

The components of other intangible assets as of December 31 are as follows:

 

    2011      2010  
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Intangible assets with finite lives:

              

Subscriber base

  $ 3,273.0      $ (1,846.8   $ 1,426.2      $ 3,121.6      $ (1,618.7   $ 1,502.9  

Provider and hospital networks

    109.3        (36.7     72.6        106.1        (31.1     75.0  

Other

    66.1        (20.3     45.8        46.8        (15.0     31.8  
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    3,448.4        (1,903.8     1,544.6        3,274.5        (1,664.8     1,609.7  

Intangible assets with indefinite lives:

              

Blue Cross and Blue Shield and other trademarks

    5,998.7        —          5,998.7        5,998.7        —          5,998.7  

Provider relationships

    271.8        —          271.8        271.8        —          271.8  

Licenses

    116.6        —          116.6        116.6        —          116.6  
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    6,387.1        —          6,387.1        6,387.1        —          6,387.1  
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other intangible assets

  $ 9,835.5      $ (1,903.8   $ 7,931.7      $ 9,661.6      $ (1,664.8   $ 7,996.8  
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

During 2010, we recognized an impairment charge of $21.1 for certain intangible assets associated with the UniCare provider networks, due to a decision we made to transfer certain membership to an alternative network.

 

Our PBM business, together with other business units, partially supported our UniCare tradenames that are recognized as indefinite lived intangible assets. These tradenames were not sold with the PBM business in 2009. Accordingly, after the sale of the PBM business, a portion of these tradenames was impaired as the cash flows from the remaining business units were not sufficient to fully support the carrying value of these intangible assets. In addition, the UniCare tradenames are also partially supported by revenues generated from our UniCare subsidiaries, which among other products and services, sell health insurance products to commercial customers, as well as Medicare products to our Senior membership across the United States. During 2009, we expected

 

113


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

10. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (continued)

 

future revenues from these business units to decline, primarily due to a decline in our low margin auto-assigned membership associated with Medicare Part D as well as the transition of our Illinois and Texas UniCare commercial group and individual members to HCSC beginning on January 1, 2010. Accordingly, during 2009, the PBM business sale, the expected decline in future Medicare Part D auto-assigned membership and the member transition agreement with HCSC, triggered an impairment review of our UniCare tradenames, which are included in the Commercial and Consumer segments. As a result, we identified and recorded a pre-tax impairment charge relating to our UniCare tradenames of $219.6, the majority of which was driven by the loss of the 2010 Medicare Part D auto-assigned membership. The valuation considered the expected future cash flows of all business units that support the affected tradenames.

 

As of December 31, 2011, estimated amortization expense for each of the five years ending December 31, is as follows: 2012, $231.5; 2013, $209.9; 2014, $189.1; 2015, $168.7; 2016, $148.7.

 

11. Retirement Benefits

 

We sponsor various non-contributory employee defined benefit plans through certain subsidiaries.

 

The WellPoint Cash Balance Pension Plan, or the WellPoint Plan, is a cash balance pension plan covering certain eligible employees of the affiliated companies that participate in the WellPoint Plan. Effective January 1, 2006, benefits were curtailed, with the result that most participants stopped accruing benefits but continue to earn interest on benefits accrued prior to the curtailment. Certain participants subject to collective bargaining and certain other participants who met grandfathering rules continue to accrue benefits. Several pension plans acquired through various corporate mergers and acquisitions have been merged into the WellPoint Plan. Effective January 1, 2011, we split the WellPoint Plan, with no change in benefits for any participant. Current employees who are still receiving credits and/or benefit accruals were placed into a new plan, the WellPoint Cash Balance Pension Plan B. All other participants remain in the WellPoint Plan.

 

The UGS Pension Plan is a defined benefit pension plan with a cash balance component. The UGS Pension Plan covers eligible employees of the affiliated companies that participate in the UGS Pension Plan. Effective January 1, 2004, benefits were curtailed, with the result that most participants stopped accruing benefits but continue to earn interest on benefits previously accrued. Certain employees subject to collective bargaining and certain other employees who met grandfathering rules continue to accrue benefits.

 

The Employees’ Retirement Plan of Blue Cross of California, or the BCC Plan, is a defined benefit pension plan that covers eligible employees of Blue Cross of California who are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Effective January 1, 2007, benefits were curtailed under the BCC Plan with the result that no Blue Cross of California employees hired or rehired after December 31, 2006 are eligible to participate in the BCC Plan.

 

All of the plans’ assets consist primarily of common stocks, fixed maturity securities, investment funds and short-term investments. The funding policies for all plans are to contribute amounts at least sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements set forth in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, including amendment by the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and in accordance with income tax regulations, plus such additional amounts as are necessary to provide assets sufficient to meet the benefits to be paid to plan participants.

 

We use a December 31 measurement date for determining benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets.

 

114


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Retirement Benefits (continued)

 

The following tables disclose consolidated “pension benefits,” which include the defined benefit pension plans described above, and consolidated “other benefits,” which include postretirement health and welfare benefits including medical, vision and dental benefits offered to certain employees. Calculations were computed using assumptions at the December 31 measurement dates.

 

The reconciliation of the benefit obligation is as follows:

 

    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $ 1,715.4     $ 1,751.5     $ 658.9     $ 619.8  

Service cost

    17.3       17.3       6.3       7.4  

Interest cost

    84.7       88.7       31.4       34.7  

Plan amendments

    —          —          (47.0     —     

Actuarial loss

    162.0       7.0       37.3       30.1  

Benefits paid

    (128.1     (149.1     (35.6     (33.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

  $ 1,851.3     $ 1,715.4     $ 651.3     $ 658.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The changes in the fair value of plan assets are as follows:

 

    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

  $ 1,742.7     $ 1,703.5     $ 270.7     $ 132.4  

Actual return on plan assets

    49.5       184.4       1.7       3.7  

Employer contributions

    57.7       3.9       68.5       172.2  

Benefits paid

    (128.1     (149.1     (39.8     (37.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

  $ 1,721.8     $ 1,742.7     $ 301.1     $ 270.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The net amount included in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  

Noncurrent assets

  $ 23.4     $ 97.0     $ —        $ —     

Current liabilities

    (4.2     (4.2     —          —     

Noncurrent liabilities

    (148.7     (65.5     (350.2     (388.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount at December 31

  $ (129.5   $ 27.3     $ (350.2   $ (388.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The net amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss (income) that have not been recognized as components of net periodic benefit costs are as follows:

 

    Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
    2011     2010     2011     2010  

Net actuarial loss

  $ 653.7     $ 460.7     $ 234.5     $ 191.8  

Prior service credit

    (4.7     (5.5     (116.3     (81.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount before tax at December 31

  $ 649.0     $ 455.2     $ 118.2     $ 110.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

115


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Retirement Benefits (continued)

 

The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plans that will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit costs over the next year are $29.8 and $0.8, respectively. The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service credit for postretirement benefit plans that will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit costs over the next year are $14.1 and $13.3, respectively.

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plans was $1,844.8 and $1,695.4 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2011, certain pension plans had accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets. For those same plans, the projected benefit obligation was also in excess of plan assets. Such plans had a combined projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets of $1,348.0, $1,343.5 and $1,196.3, respectively.

 

The weighted-average assumptions used in calculating the benefit obligations for all plans are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other Benefits  
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Discount rate

     4.29     5.15     4.36     5.24

Rate of compensation increase

     3.50     3.75     3.50     3.75

Expected rate of return on plan assets

     8.00     8.00     7.00     6.75

 

The components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) included in the consolidated statements of income are as follows:

 

    2011     2010     2009  

Pension Benefits

     

Service cost

  $ 17.3     $ 17.3     $ 22.2  

Interest cost

    84.7       88.7       91.4  

Expected return on assets

    (128.2     (139.6     (142.8

Recognized actuarial loss

    26.4       25.5       2.2  

Amortization of prior service credit

    (0.8     (0.8     (0.8

Settlement loss

    21.3       31.1       —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost (credit)

  $ 20.7     $ 22.2     $ (27.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Benefits

     

Service cost

  $ 6.3     $ 7.4     $ 7.2  

Interest cost

    31.4       34.7       31.9  

Expected return on assets

    (17.3     (10.3     (2.5

Recognized actuarial loss

    10.2       7.8       7.0  

Amortization of prior service credit

    (12.0     (9.5     (9.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

  $ 18.6     $ 30.1     $ 33.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

During 2011 and 2010, we incurred total settlement losses of $21.3 and $31.1, respectively, as lump-sum payments exceeded the service cost and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost for certain of our plans.

 

116


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Retirement Benefits (continued)

 

The weighted-average assumptions used in calculating the net periodic benefit cost for all plans are as follows:

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Pension Benefits

      

Discount rate

     5.15     5.36     5.64

Rate of compensation increase

     3.75     4.00     4.00

Expected rate of return on plan assets

     8.00      8.00     8.00

Other Benefits

      

Discount rate

     5.24     5.79     5.73

Rate of compensation increase

     3.75     4.00     4.00

Expected rate of return on plan assets

     6.75     7.00     7.25

 

The assumed health care cost trend rate to be used for next year to measure the expected cost of other benefits is 7.50% with a gradual decline to 5.00% by the year 2017. These estimated trend rates are subject to change in the future. The health care cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported. For example, an increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate of one percentage point would increase the postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2011 by $52.6 and would increase service and interest costs by $2.5. Conversely, a decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate of one percentage point would decrease the postretirement benefit obligation by $44.7 as of December 31, 2011 and would decrease service and interest costs by $2.1.

 

Plan assets include a diversified mix of investment grade fixed maturity securities, equity securities and alternative investments across a range of sectors and levels of capitalization to maximize the long-term return for a prudent level of risk. The weighted-average target allocation for pension benefit plan assets is 45% equity securities, 46% fixed maturity securities, and 9% to all other types of investments. Equity securities primarily include a mix of domestic securities, foreign securities and mutual funds invested in equities. Fixed maturity securities primarily include treasury securities, corporate bonds, and asset-backed investments issued by corporations and the U.S. government. Other types of investments include partnership interests, collective trusts that replicate money market funds and insurance contracts designed specifically for employee benefit plans. As of December 31, 2011, there were no significant concentrations of investments in the pension benefit assets or other benefit assets. No plan assets were invested in WellPoint common stock.

 

Pension benefit assets and other benefit assets recorded at fair value are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value.

 

117


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Retirement Benefits (continued)

 

The fair values of our pension benefit assets and other benefit assets at December 31, 2011, excluding $(41.6) of cash, investment income receivable and amounts due to/from brokers, by asset category and level inputs, as defined by FASB guidance regarding fair value measurements and disclosures (see Note 7, “Fair Value,” for additional information regarding the definition of level inputs), are as follows:

 

    Level I     Level II      Level III      Total  

December 31, 2011:

         

Pension Benefit Assets:

         

Equity securities:

         

U.S. securities

  $ 145.3     $ —         $ 304.2      $ 449.5  

Foreign securities

    242.9       —           —           242.9  

Mutual funds

    24.6       —           —           24.6  

Fixed maturity securities:

         

Government securities

    199.2       —           —           199.2  

Corporate bonds

    —          236.1        —           236.1  

Asset-backed securities

    —          156.6        —           156.6  

Other types of investments:

         

Common and collective trusts

    —          90.3        —           90.3  

Partnership interests

    —          —           165.0        165.0  

Contract with insurance company

    —          —           195.5        195.5  

Treasury futures contracts

    (0.3     —           —           (0.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total pension benefit assets

  $ 611.7     $ 483.0      $ 664.7      $ 1,759.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Benefit Assets:

         

Equity securities:

         

U.S. securities

  $ 6.5     $ —         $ 13.4      $ 19.9  

Foreign securities

    9.8       —           —           9.8  

Mutual funds

    2.8       —           —           2.8  

Fixed maturity securities:

         

Government securities

    8.5       —           —           8.5  

Corporate securities

    —          5.9        —           5.9  

Asset-backed securities

    —          12.6        —           12.6  

Other types of investments:

         

Common and collective trusts

    —          134.0        —           134.0  

Partnership interests

    —          —           1.1        1.1  

Life insurance contracts

    —          —           95.7        95.7  

Investment in DOL 103-12 trust

    —          14.8        —           14.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other benefit assets

  $ 27.6     $ 167.3      $ 110.2      $ 305.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Retirement Benefits (continued)

 

The fair values of our pension benefit assets and other benefit assets at December 31, 2010, excluding $0.7 of cash, investment income receivable and amounts due to/from brokers, by asset category and level inputs, as defined by FASB guidance regarding fair value measurements and disclosures (see Note 7, “Fair Value,” for additional information regarding the definition of level inputs) are as follows:

 

    Level I      Level II      Level III      Total  

December 31, 2010:

          

Pension Benefit Assets:

          

Equity securities:

          

U.S. securities

  $ 160.8      $ —         $ 413.7      $ 574.5  

Foreign securities

    276.4        —           —           276.4  

Mutual funds

    25.3        —           —           25.3  

Fixed maturity securities:

          

Government securities

    142.0        24.0        —           166.0  

Corporate bonds

    —           183.0        —           183.0  

Asset-backed securities

    —           134.8        —           134.8  

Other types of investments:

          

Common and collective trusts

    —           45.3        —           45.3  

Partnership interests

    —           —           147.4        147.4  

Contract with insurance company

    —           —           188.8        188.8  

Treasury futures contracts

    0.5        —           —           0.5  
 

 

 

 

Total pension benefit assets

  $ 605.0      $ 387.1      $ 749.9      $ 1,742.0  
 

 

 

 

Other Benefit Assets:

          

Equity securities:

          

U.S. securities

  $ 11.4      $ —         $ 16.1      $ 27.5  

Foreign securities

    10.8        —           —           10.8  

Fixed maturity securities:

          

Government securities

    5.5        0.9        —           6.4  

Corporate securities

    190.1        7.1        —           197.2  

Asset-backed securities

    —           5.3        —           5.3  

Other types of investments:

          

Common and collective trusts

    —           1.8        —           1.8  

Partnership interests

    —           —           5.7        5.7  

Investment in DOL 103-12 trust

    —           16.0        —           16.0  
 

 

 

 

Total other benefit assets

  $ 217.8      $ 31.1      $ 21.8      $ 270.7  
 

 

 

 

 

119


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Retirement Benefits (continued)

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of plan assets measured at fair value using Level III inputs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

    U.S. Equity
Securities
    Asset
Backed
Securities
    Common/
Collective
Trusts
    Partnership
Interests
    Insurance
Company
Contracts
    Life
Insurance
Contracts
    Total  

Beginning balance at January 1, 2009

  $ 313.9     $ 6.5     $ 96.0     $ 94.0     $ 241.3     $ —        $ 751.7  

Actual return on plan assets:

             

Relating to assets still held at the reporting date

    122.4       0.7       22.7       23.4       (17.5     —          151.7  

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net

    —          (1.3     —          49.0       (19.5     —          28.2  

Transfers into Level III

    —          0.2       —          —          —          —          0.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance at December 31, 2009

    436.3       6.1       118.7       166.4       204.3       —          931.8  

Actual return on plan assets:

             

Relating to assets still held at the reporting date

    65.5       0.5       0.6       (10.8     10.2       —          66.0  

Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net

    (72.0     (2.0     (119.3     (2.5     (25.7     —          (221.5

Transfers out of Level III

    —          (4.6     —          —          —          —          (4.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance at December 31, 2010

    429.8       —          —          153.1       188.8       —          771.7  

Actual return on plan assets:

             

Relating to assets still held at the reporting date

    4.8       —          —          5.8       2.7       1.0       14.3  

Purchases

    —          —          —          7.6       11.6       94.7       113.9  

Sales

    (117.0     —          —          (0.4     (7.6     —          (125.0

Issuances

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Settlements

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Transfers out of Level III

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 317.6     $ —        $ —        $ 166.1     $ 195.5     $ 95.7     $ 774.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

There were no material transfers between Levels I, II and III during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

Our current funding strategy is to fund an amount at least equal to the minimum required funding as determined under ERISA with consideration of maximum tax deductible amounts. We may elect to make discretionary contributions up to the maximum amount deductible for income tax purposes. For the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2010, no material contributions were necessary to meet ERISA required funding levels. However, during the year ended December 31, 2011, we made tax deductible discretionary contributions to the pension benefit plans and other benefit plans of $57.7 and $30.0, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we made tax deductible discretionary contributions to the pension benefit plans and other benefit plans of $3.9 and $135.0, respectively. Employer contributions to other benefit plans represent discretionary contributions and do not include payments to retirees for current benefits.

 

120


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Retirement Benefits (continued)

 

Our estimated future payments for pension benefits and postretirement benefits, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows:

 

    Pension
Benefits
     Other
Benefits
 

2012

  $ 121.8      $ 40.9  

2013

    132.4        39.1  

2014

    130.1        40.3  

2015

    129.2        42.3  

2016

    130.9        44.7  

2017 – 2021

    678.3        235.2  

 

In addition to the defined benefit plans, we maintain the WellPoint 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan and the CareMore 401(k) Pension Plan, qualified defined contribution plans covering substantially all employees. Voluntary employee contributions are matched by us subject to certain limitations. Contributions made by us totaled $87.8, $120.7 and $111.0 during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

12. Medical Claims Payable

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for medical claims payable is as follows:

 

    Years Ended December 31  
    2011     2010     2009  

Gross medical claims payable, beginning of year

  $ 4,852.4     $ 5,450.5     $ 6,184.7  

Ceded medical claims payable, beginning of year

    (32.9     (29.9     (60.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net medical claims payable, beginning of year

    4,819.5       5,420.6       6,124.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Business combinations and purchase adjustments

    100.9       —          2.8  

Net incurred medical claims:

     

Current year

    47,281.6       45,077.1       47,315.1  

Prior years redundancies

    (209.7     (718.0     (807.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net incurred medical claims

    47,071.9       44,359.1       46,507.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net payments attributable to:

     

Current year medical claims

    41,999.0       40,387.8       42,056.9  

Prior years medical claims

    4,520.7       4,572.4       5,157.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net payments

    46,519.7       44,960.2       47,214.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net medical claims payable, end of year

    5,472.6       4,819.5       5,420.6  

Ceded medical claims payable, end of year

    16.4       32.9       29.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross medical claims payable, end of year

  $ 5,489.0     $ 4,852.4     $ 5,450.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Amounts incurred related to prior years vary from previously estimated liabilities as the claims are ultimately settled. Liabilities at any period end are continually reviewed and re-estimated as information regarding actual claims payments, or runout, becomes known. This information is compared to the originally established year end liability. Negative amounts reported for incurred medical claims related to prior years result

 

121


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Medical Claims Payable (continued)

 

from claims being settled for amounts less than originally estimated. The prior year redundancy of $209.7 shown above for the year ended December 31, 2011 represents an estimate based on paid claim activity from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011. Medical claim liabilities are usually described as having a “short tail,” which means that they are generally paid within several months of the member receiving service from the provider. Accordingly, the majority of the $209.7 redundancy relates to claims incurred in calendar year 2010.

 

The following table provides a summary of the two key assumptions having the most significant impact on our incurred but not paid liability estimates for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, which are the completion and trend factors. These two key assumptions can be influenced by utilization levels, unit costs, mix of business, benefit plan designs, provider reimbursement levels, processing system conversions and changes, claim inventory levels, claim processing patterns, claim submission patterns and operational changes resulting from business combinations.

 

    (Favorable) Unfavorable Developments
by Changes in Key Assumptions
 
    2011     2010     2009  

Assumed trend factors

  $ (264.8   $ (534.9   $ (466.1

Assumed completion factors

    55.1       (183.1     (341.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $     (209.7   $     (718.0   $     (807.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The favorable development recognized in 2011 resulted primarily from trend factors in late 2010 developing more favorably than originally expected. This impact was partially offset by completion factors developing unfavorably due to slight increases in payment cycle times. The favorable development recognized in 2010 was driven by trend factors in late 2009 developing more favorably than originally expected. In addition, a minor but steady improvement in payment cycle times impacted completion factor development and contributed to the favorability. The favorable development recognized in 2009 was driven by significant contributions from both trend and completion factor development.

 

Due to changes within our Company and industry during 2010, we re-evaluated our actuarial processes and resulting levels of reserves. As discussed in Note 2, “Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies,” Actuarial Standards of Practice require that claims liabilities be appropriate under moderately adverse circumstances. To satisfy these requirements, our reserving process has historically involved recognizing the inherent volatility in actual future claim payments compared to the current estimate for the related liability by recording a provision for adverse deviation. This additional reserve establishes a sufficient level of conservatism in the liability estimate that is similar from period to period. There are a number of factors that can require a higher or lower level of additional reserve, such as changes in technology that provide faster access to claims data or change the speed of adjudication and settlement of claims, or overall variability in claim payment patterns and claim inventory levels. Given that in the more recent periods we experienced higher levels of automatic claims adjudication and faster claims payment leading to lower and more consistent claims inventory levels, we determined that using a lower level of targeted reserve for adverse deviation provides a similar level of confidence that the established reserves are appropriate in the current environment. This change in estimate resulted in a benefit to 2010 income before income tax expense and diluted earnings per share of $67.7 and $0.11, respectively. We continued to use this lower level of targeted reserve for adverse deviation in 2011.

 

122


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Debt

 

Short-term Borrowings

 

We are a member, through certain subsidiaries, of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati, collectively, the FHLBs, and as a member we have the ability to obtain short-term cash advances subject to certain minimum collateral requirements. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, $100.0 and $100.0, respectively, were outstanding under our short-term FHLBs borrowings. These outstanding short-term FHLBs borrowings at December 31, 2011 and 2010 had fixed interest rates of 0.260% and 0.120%, respectively. On January 18, 2012 we repaid the $100.0 outstanding balance of the short-term FHLBs borrowing that was outstanding at December 31, 2011. On January 25, 2012, we borrowed an additional $100.0 from the FHLBs with a three-month term at a fixed interest rate of 0.070%.

 

Long-term Debt

 

The carrying value of long-term debt at December 31 consists of the following:

 

    2011     2010  

Senior unsecured notes:

   

5.000%, face amount of $700.0, due 2011

  $ —        $ 701.8  

6.375%, face amount of $350.0, due 2012

    350.3       354.4  

6.800%, face amount of $800.0, due 2012

    822.8       842.0  

6.000%, face amount of $400.0, due 2014

    398.4       397.6  

5.000%, face amount of $500.0, due 2014

    546.2       547.5  

5.250%, face amount of $1,100.0, due 2016

    1,109.2       1,093.4  

2.375%, face amount of $400.0, due 2017

    395.2       —     

5.875%, face amount of $700.0, due 2017

    694.0       693.0  

7.000%, face amount of $600.0, due 2019

    595.8       595.2  

4.350%, face amount of $700.0, due 2020

    694.2       693.3  

3.700%, face amount of $700.0, due 2021

    693.5       —     

5.950%, face amount of $500.0, due 2034

    495.0       494.9  

5.850%, face amount of $900.0, due 2036

    890.0       889.7  

6.375%, face amount of $800.0, due 2037

    790.0       789.7  

5.800%, face amount of $300.0, due 2040

    293.7       293.5  

Surplus notes:

   

9.000%, face amount of $25.1, due 2027

    24.9       24.9  

Variable rate debt:

   

Commercial paper program

    799.8       336.2  

Fixed rate 1.430% FHLBs secured loan, due 2012

    100.0       100.0  

Capital leases

    2.4       6.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

    9,695.4       8,853.7  

Current portion of long-term debt

    (1,274.5     (705.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

  $ 8,420.9     $ 8,147.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

All long-term debt shown above is a direct obligation of WellPoint, Inc., except for the $350.0 6.375% senior unsecured notes due 2012, the surplus notes, the FHLBs secured loan and capital leases.

 

123


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Debt (continued)

 

At maturity on January 17, 2012, we repaid the $350.0 outstanding balance of our 6.375% senior unsecured notes.

 

On August 15, 2011, we issued $400.0 of 2.375% senior unsecured notes due 2017 and $700.0 of 3.700% senior unsecured notes due 2021 under our shelf registration statement. A portion of the proceeds from this debt issuance was used to fund the purchase price of our acquisition of CareMore and the remaining proceeds may be used for working capital and for general corporate purposes, including, but not limited to repayment of short-term and long-term debt. The notes have a call feature that allows us to redeem the notes at any time at our option and a put feature that allows a note holder to require us to repurchase the notes upon the occurrence of both a change of control event and a ratings downgrade of the notes.

 

At maturity on January 15, 2011, we repaid the $700.0 outstanding balance of our 5.000% senior unsecured notes.

 

On August 12, 2010, we issued $700.0 of 4.350% notes due 2020 and $300.0 of 5.800% notes due 2040 under our shelf registration statement. We used the proceeds from this debt issuance to repay the remaining outstanding balance of our variable rate senior term loan and for general corporate purposes. The notes have a call feature that allows us to repurchase the notes at any time at our option and a put feature that allows a note holder to require us to repurchase the notes upon the occurrence of both a change of control event and a downgrade of the notes.

 

On April 12, 2010, we borrowed $100.0 from the FHLBs for a two-year term at a fixed interest rate of 1.430%.

 

Surplus notes are unsecured obligations of Anthem Insurance Companies, Inc., or Anthem Insurance, a wholly owned subsidiary, and are subordinate in right of payment to all of Anthem Insurance’s existing and future indebtedness. Any payment of interest or principal on the surplus notes may be made only with the prior approval of the Indiana Department of Insurance, or IDOI, and only out of capital and surplus funds of Anthem Insurance that the IDOI determines to be available for the payment under Indiana insurance laws.

 

We have a senior credit facility, or the facility, with certain lenders for general corporate purposes. The facility, as amended, provides credit up to $2,000.0 and matures on September 29, 2016. The interest rate on the facility is based on either, (i) the LIBOR rate plus a predetermined percentage rate based on our credit rating at the date of utilization, or (ii) a base rate as defined in the facility agreement plus a predetermined percentage rate based on our credit rating at the date of utilization. Our ability to borrow under the facility is subject to compliance with certain covenants. There were no amounts outstanding under the facility as of December 31, 2011.

 

We have an authorized commercial paper program of up to $2,500.0, the proceeds of which may be used for general corporate purposes. The weighted-average interest rate on commercial paper borrowings at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was 0.442% and 0.359%, respectively. Commercial paper borrowings have been classified as long-term debt at December 31, 2011 and 2010 as our practice and intent is to replace short-term commercial paper outstanding at expiration with additional short-term commercial paper for an uninterrupted period extending for more than one year or through our ability to redeem our commercial paper with borrowings under the senior credit facility described above.

 

Interest paid during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $432.9, $419.6 and $409.2, respectively.

 

We were in compliance with all applicable covenants under our outstanding debt agreements at December 31, 2011.

 

124


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Debt (continued)

 

Future maturities of long-term debt, including capital leases, are as follows: 2012, $2,073.9; 2013, $1.4; 2014, $944.6; 2015, $0.0; 2016, $1,109.2 and thereafter, $5,566.3.

 

14. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Litigation

 

In the ordinary course of business, we are defendants in, or parties to, a number of pending or threatened legal actions or proceedings. To the extent a plaintiff or plaintiffs in the following cases have specified in their complaint or in other court filings the amount of damages being sought, we have noted those alleged damages in the descriptions below. With respect to the cases described below, we contest liability and/or the amount of damages in each matter and believe we have meritorious defenses.

 

In various California state courts, we are defending a number of individual lawsuits, including one filed by the Los Angeles City Attorney, and one purported class action alleging the wrongful rescission of individual insurance policies. The suits name WellPoint as well as Blue Cross of California, or BCC, and BC Life & Health Insurance Company, or BCL&H (which name changed to Anthem Blue Cross Life and Health Insurance Company in July 2007), both WellPoint subsidiaries. The lawsuits generally allege breach of contract, bad faith and unfair business practices in a purported practice of rescinding new individual members following the submission of large claims. The parties agreed to mediate most of these lawsuits and the mediation resulted in the resolution of some of these lawsuits. Final approval of the class action settlement was granted on July 13, 2010, and no appeals were filed. Payments pursuant to the terms of the settlement commenced in the first quarter of 2011 and were completed during the second quarter of 2011. The payments did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. The Los Angeles City Attorney filed an amended complaint in October 2010, adding claims of misrepresentation arising from several public statements made by the Company during 2010. The Los Angeles City Attorney is requesting two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500) per alleged violation of the California Business and Professions Code. We intend to vigorously defend this suit; however, the ultimate outcome cannot be presently determined.

 

We are currently defending several certified or putative class actions filed as a result of the 2001 demutualization of Anthem Insurance Companies, Inc., or AICI, and the initial public offering of common stock, or IPO, for its holding company, Anthem, Inc. (n/k/a WellPoint, Inc.). The suits name AICI as well as Anthem, Inc., or Anthem, n/k/a WellPoint, Inc. The suits are captioned as Ronald Gold, et al. v. Anthem, Inc. et al.; Mary E. Ormond, et al. v. Anthem, Inc., et al.; Jeffrey D. Jorling v. Anthem, Inc., et al; and Ronald E. Mell, Sr., et al. v. Anthem, Inc., et al. AICI’s 2001 Plan of Conversion, or the Plan, provided for the conversion of AICI from a mutual insurance company into a stock insurance company pursuant to Indiana law. Under the Plan, AICI distributed the fair value of the company at the time of conversion to its Eligible Statutory Members, or ESMs, in the form of cash or Anthem common stock in exchange for their membership interests in the mutual company. The lawsuits generally allege that AICI distributed value to the wrong ESMs or distributed insufficient value to the ESMs. In Gold, cross motions for summary judgment were granted in part and denied in part on July 26, 2006 with regard to the issue of sovereign immunity asserted by co-defendant, the State of Connecticut, or the State. The court also denied our motion for summary judgment as to plaintiffs’ claims on January 10, 2005. The State appealed the denial of its motion to the Connecticut Supreme Court. We filed a cross-appeal on the sovereign immunity issue. On May 11, 2010, the Court reversed the judgment of the trial court denying the State’s motion to dismiss the plaintiff’s claims under sovereign immunity and dismissed our cross-appeal. The case was remanded to the trial court for further proceedings. Plaintiffs’ motion for class certification was granted on December 15, 2011. In the Ormond suit, our motion to dismiss was granted in part

 

125


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

and denied in part on March 31, 2008. The Court dismissed the claims for violation of federal and state securities laws, for violation of the Indiana Demutualization Law, for unjust enrichment, and for negligent misrepresentation with respect to ESMs residing in Indiana. On September 29, 2009, a class was certified with respect to some but not all claims asserted in the plaintiffs’ Fourth Amended Complaint. The class consists of all ESMs residing in Ohio, Indiana, Kentucky or Connecticut who received cash compensation in connection with the demutualization. The class does not include employers located in Ohio and Connecticut that received cash distributions pursuant to the Plan. On July 1, 2011, the Court issued an Order granting in part and denying in part our motion for summary judgment. The Court held that we were entitled to judgment on all of plaintiffs’ claims except those tort claims in connection with the pricing and sizing of the Anthem, Inc. IPO. Anthem filed a Motion to Certify this Order for interlocutory review to the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit. The District Court granted our motion on September 2, 2011. We submitted our Petition for Permission to Appeal with the Seventh Circuit. However, the petition was denied by the Appeals Court on October 13, 2011. The Ormond suit is set for trial on June 18, 2012. In court filings, the plaintiffs in Ormond have alleged that the plaintiff class is entitled to compensatory damages ranging from approximately $265.0 to $545.0 on the remaining claims, plus prejudgment interest at the maximum rate allowed by law running from the demutualization in 2001, postjudgment interest at the maximum rate allowed by law, punitive damages in amounts not less than $500.0, and their costs and expenses in the action. On December 23, 2010, plaintiff’s motion for class certification was denied in the Jorling suit. Plaintiff renewed his motion for class certification on May 1, 2011 and requested that a new named plaintiff be joined in the lawsuit. On December 23, 2011, our motion for summary judgment was granted, judgment was entered in our favor, and the Jorling case was dismissed with prejudice. Plaintiff’s motion for partial summary judgment was denied, and plaintiff’s renewed motion for class certification and motion to add a new named plaintiff were denied as moot. Plaintiff did not file an appeal from the summary judgment order entered in our favor. On November 4, 2009 a class was certified in the Mell suit. That class consists of persons who were continuously enrolled in the health benefit plan sponsored by the City of Cincinnati between June 18, 2001 and November 2, 2001. On March 3, 2010, the Court issued an order granting our motion for summary judgment. As a result, the Mell suit has been dismissed. The plaintiffs have filed an appeal with the United States Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit Court. Argument on the appeal was held on January 20, 2012. We intend to vigorously defend these suits; however, their ultimate outcome cannot be presently determined.

 

We are currently a defendant in a putative class action relating to out-of-network, or OON, reimbursement of dental claims called American Dental Association v. WellPoint Health Networks, Inc. and Blue Cross of California. The lawsuit was filed in March 2002 by the American Dental Association, and three dentists who are suing on behalf of themselves and are seeking to sue on behalf of a nationwide class of all non-participating dental providers who were paid less than their actual charges for dental services provided to members of some of our affiliates’ and subsidiaries’ dental plans. The dentists sue as purported assignees of their patients’ rights to benefits under our dental plans. The complaint alleges that we breached our contractual obligations in violation of ERISA by paying usual, customary and reasonable, or UCR, rates, rather than the dentists’ actual charges, allegedly relying on undisclosed, non-existent or flawed UCR data. The plaintiffs claim, among other things, that the data failed to account for differences in geography, provider specialty, outlier (high) charges, and complexity of procedure. The complaint further alleges that we were aware that the data was inappropriate to set UCR rates and that we routinely paid OON dentists less than their actual charges representing that our OON payments were properly determined usual, customary and reasonable rates. The suit was pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida. On December 23, 2011, the District Court granted our motion for summary judgment and dismissed the case. The plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal with the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit, which is pending. We intend to vigorously defend this suit; however, its ultimate outcome cannot be presently determined.

 

126


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

We are currently a defendant in eleven putative class actions relating to OON reimbursement that were consolidated into a single multi-district lawsuit called In re WellPoint, Inc. Out-of-Network “UCR” Rates Litigation that is pending in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. The lawsuits were filed in 2009. The plaintiffs include current and former members on behalf of a putative class of members who received OON services for which the defendants paid less than billed charges, the American Medical Association, four state medical associations, OON physicians, chiropractors, clinical psychologists, podiatrists, psychotherapists, the American Podiatric Association, California Chiropractic Association and the California Psychological Association on behalf of a putative class of all physicians and all non-physician health care providers, and an OON surgical center. In the consolidated complaint, the plaintiffs allege that the defendants violated the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, or RICO, the Sherman Antitrust Act, ERISA, federal regulations, and state law by relying on databases provided by Ingenix in determining OON reimbursement. A consolidated amended complaint was filed to add allegations in the lawsuit that OON reimbursement was calculated improperly by methodologies other than the Ingenix databases. We filed a motion to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint. The motion was granted in part and denied in part. The court gave the plaintiffs permission to replead many of those claims that were dismissed. The plaintiffs filed a third amended consolidated complaint repleading some of the claims that had been dismissed without prejudice and adding additional statements in an attempt to bolster other claims. We filed a motion to dismiss the third amended consolidated complaint, which is pending. The OON surgical center voluntarily dismissed their claims. Fact discovery is complete. At the end of 2009, we filed a motion to enjoin the claims brought by the medical doctors and doctors of osteopathy and certain medical associations based on prior litigation releases, which was granted in 2011, and the court ordered the plaintiffs to dismiss their claims that are barred by the release. The physician and medical association plaintiffs filed an emergency motion to stay the preliminary injunction pending appeal, for the right to pursue an interlocutory appeal, and for an expedited appeal, all of which were denied. The plaintiffs also filed a petition for declaratory judgment asking the Court to find that these claims are not barred by the releases from the prior litigation. We filed a motion to dismiss the declaratory judgment action, which was granted. The plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal from the dismissal of the declaratory judgment action with the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit. The appeal is pending. The enjoined physicians have not yet dismissed their claims. We intend to vigorously defend this suit; however, its ultimate outcome cannot be presently determined.

 

Where available information indicates that it is probable that a loss has been incurred as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and we can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, we accrue the estimated loss by a charge to income. In many proceedings, however, it is difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or reasonably possible. In addition, even where loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously identified loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of loss.

 

With respect to many of the proceedings to which we are a party, we cannot provide an estimate of the possible losses, or the range of possible losses in excess of the amount, if any, accrued, for various reasons, including but not limited to some or all of the following: (i) there are novel or unsettled legal issues presented, (ii) the proceedings are in early stages, (iii) there is uncertainty as to the likelihood of a class being certified or decertified or the ultimate size and scope of the class, (iv) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals or motions, (v) there are significant factual issues to be resolved, and/or (vi) in many cases, the plaintiffs have not specified damages in their complaint or in court filings. For those legal proceedings where a loss is probable, or reasonably possible, and for which it is possible to reasonably estimate the amount of the possible loss or range of losses, we currently believe that the range of possible losses, in excess of established reserves,

 

127


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

for all of those proceedings is from $0 to approximately $500.0 at December 31, 2011. This estimated aggregate range of reasonably possible losses is based upon currently available information taking into account our best estimate of such losses for which such an estimate can be made.

 

Other Contingencies

 

From time to time, we and certain of our subsidiaries are parties to various legal proceedings, many of which involve claims for coverage encountered in the ordinary course of business. We, like HMOs and health insurers generally, exclude certain health care and other services from coverage under our HMO, PPO and other plans. We are, in the ordinary course of business, subject to the claims of our enrollees arising out of decisions to restrict or deny reimbursement for uncovered services. The loss of even one such claim, if it results in a significant punitive damage award, could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, the risk of potential liability under punitive damage theories may increase significantly the difficulty of obtaining reasonable settlements of coverage claims.

 

In addition to the lawsuits described above, we are also involved in other pending and threatened litigation of the character incidental to our business, arising out of our operations and our revision of earnings guidance in 2008, and are from time to time involved as a party in various governmental investigations, audits, reviews and administrative proceedings. These investigations, audits, reviews and administrative proceedings include routine and special inquiries by state insurance departments, state attorneys general, the U.S. Attorney General and subcommittees of the U.S. Congress. Such investigations, audits, reviews and administrative proceedings could result in the imposition of civil or criminal fines, penalties, other sanctions and additional rules, regulations or other restrictions on our business operations. Any liability that may result from any one of these actions, or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

The National Organization of Life & Health Insurance Guaranty Associations, or NOLHGA, is a voluntary association consisting of the state life and health insurance guaranty organizations located throughout the U.S. State life and health insurance guaranty organizations, working together with NOLHGA, provide a safety net for their state’s policyholders, ensuring that they continue to receive coverage even if their insurer is declared insolvent. We are aware that the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner, or Insurance Commissioner, has placed Penn Treaty Network America Insurance Company and its subsidiary American Network Insurance Company, or collectively Penn Treaty, in rehabilitation, an intermediate action before insolvency. The Insurance Commissioner has petitioned the state court for liquidation, however, we do not know when a decision will be made, although we believe it is likely the state court will rule within the next twelve months. In the event that Penn Treaty is declared insolvent and placed in liquidation, we and other insurers may be required to pay a portion of their policyholder claims through state guaranty association assessments in future periods. Given the uncertainty around whether Penn Treaty will ultimately be declared insolvent and, if so, the amount of the insolvency, the amount and timing of any associated future guaranty fund assessments and the availability and amount of any potential premium tax and other offsets, we currently cannot estimate our net exposure, if any, to this potential insolvency. We will continue to monitor the situation and may record a liability and expense in future reporting periods, which could be material to our cash flows and results of operations.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

On December 1, 2009, we entered into a ten-year agreement with Express Scripts to provide pharmacy benefit management services for our plans. Under this agreement, Express Scripts is now the exclusive provider of certain specified pharmacy benefit management services, such as pharmacy network management, home

 

128


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

14. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

delivery, pharmacy customer service, claims processing, rebate management, drug utilization and specialty pharmaceutical management services. Accordingly, the agreement contains certain financial and operational requirements obligating both Express Scripts and us. Express Scripts’ primary obligations relate to the performance of such services and meeting certain pricing guarantees and performance standards. Our primary obligations relate to oversight, provision of data, payment for services, transition services and certain minimum volume requirements. The failure by either party to meet the respective requirements could potentially serve as a basis for financial penalties or early termination of the contract. We believe we have appropriately recognized all rights and obligations under this contract at December 31, 2011.

 

On March 31, 2009, we entered into an agreement with Affiliated Computer Services, Inc. to provide certain print and mailroom services that were previously performed in-house. Our commitment under this agreement at December 31, 2011 was $267.1 over a five year period. We have the ability to terminate this agreement upon the occurrence of certain events, subject to early termination fees.

 

During the first quarter of 2010, we entered into a new agreement with International Business Machines Corporation to provide information technology infrastructure services. This new agreement supersedes certain prior agreements and also includes provisions for additional services. Our remaining commitment under this agreement at December 31, 2011 was $784.1 over a four year period. We have the ability to terminate this agreement upon the occurrence of certain events, subject to early termination fees.

 

Vulnerability from Concentrations

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents, investment securities, premium receivables and instruments held through hedging activities. All investment securities are managed by professional investment managers within policies authorized by our Board of Directors. Such policies limit the amounts that may be invested in any one issuer and prescribe certain investee company criteria. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to premium receivables are limited due to the large number of employer groups that constitute our customer base in the geographic regions in which we conduct business. As of December 31, 2011, there were no significant concentrations of financial instruments in a single investee, industry or geographic location.

 

15. Capital Stock

 

Stock Incentive Plans

 

On March 15, 2006, our Board of Directors adopted the WellPoint 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, or the Plan, which was approved by our shareholders on May 16, 2006. On March 4, 2009, our Board of Directors approved an amendment and restatement of the Plan to increase the number of shares available by 33.0 shares, to rename the plan as the WellPoint Incentive Compensation Plan, or Incentive Plan, and to extend the term of the Incentive Plan such that no awards may be granted on or after May 20, 2019, which was approved by our shareholders on May 20, 2009.

 

The Incentive Plan gives authority to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to make incentive awards to our non-employee directors, employees and consultants, consisting of stock options, stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, cash-based awards, stock appreciation rights, performance shares and performance units. The Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, increases the number of available shares for issuance to 60.1 shares, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Incentive Plan.

 

129


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

15. Capital Stock (continued)

 

Stock options are granted for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price at least equal to the fair value of the shares at the grant date. Stock options granted in 2011, 2010 and 2009 vest over three years in equal semi-annual installments and generally have a term of seven years from the grant date.

 

Certain option grants contain provisions whereby the employee continues to vest in the award subsequent to termination due to retirement. Our attribution method for newly granted awards considers all vesting and other provisions, including retirement eligibility, in determining the requisite service period over which the fair value of the awards will be recognized.

 

Restricted stock awards are issued at the fair value of the stock on the grant date and may also include one or more performance measures that must be met for the restricted stock award to vest. The restrictions lapse in three equal annual installments.

 

During 2010, we modified a portion of the restricted stock units granted in 2010 to change the vesting date from the respective date in 2013 to December 10, 2012. This modification ensures maximum tax deductibility of the compensation costs associated with these restricted stock units, which deduction will not be fully available to us beginning in 2013 due to changes in tax law resulting from Health Care Reform legislation. There were approximately 0.4 restricted stock units modified, which impacted 2,690 associates. These modifications did not result in any incremental share-based compensation costs.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recognized share-based compensation cost of $134.8, $136.0 and $153.6, respectively, as well as related tax benefits of $48.6, $45.9 and $52.8, respectively.

 

A summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-Average
Option Price per
Share
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

    24.9     $ 59.60        

Granted

    1.5       66.24        

Exercised

    (4.9     49.60        

Forfeited or expired

    (1.5     63.12        
 

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    20.0       62.30        3.8      $ 177.0  
 

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

    16.8       63.67        3.5      $ 141.1  
 

 

 

         

 

The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $115.8, $66.9 and $40.4, respectively. We recognized tax benefits of $42.9, $25.2 and $18.8 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, from option exercises and disqualifying dispositions. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $120.2, $93.5 and $21.5, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 we received cash of $245.0, $95.3 and $79.8, respectively, from exercises of stock options.

 

130


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

15. Capital Stock (continued)

 

A summary of the status of nonvested restricted stock activity, including restricted stock units, for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

    Restricted
Stock Shares
and Units
    Weighted-Average
Grant Date

Fair Value
per Share
 

Nonvested at January 1, 2011

    4.2     $ 44.71  

Granted

    2.0       66.16  

Vested

    (1.8     43.61  

Forfeited

    (0.4     50.05  
 

 

 

   

Nonvested at December 31, 2011

    4.0       56.00  
 

 

 

   

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we granted approximately 0.7 restricted stock units under the Incentive Plan that were contingent upon us achieving specified operating gain targets for 2011. We exceeded the specified operating targets and, accordingly, we expect to issue 1.1 restricted stock units under this performance plan. These restricted stock units have been included in the activity shown above.

 

As of December 31, 2011, the total remaining unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options and restricted stock amounted to $16.1 and $63.9, respectively, which will be amortized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service periods of 9 months and 9 months, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2011, there were 32.0 shares of common stock available for future grants under the Incentive Plan.

 

Fair Value

 

We use a binomial lattice valuation model to estimate the fair value of all stock options granted. Expected volatility assumptions used in the binomial lattice model are based on an analysis of implied volatilities of publicly traded options on our stock and historical volatility of our stock price. The risk-free interest rate is derived from the U.S. Treasury strip rates at the time of the grant. The expected term of the options was derived from the outputs of the binomial lattice model, which incorporates post-vesting forfeiture assumptions based on an analysis of historical data. The dividend yield was based on our estimate of future dividend yields. Similar groups of employees that have dissimilar exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. We utilize the “multiple-grant” approach for recognizing compensation expense associated with each separately vesting portion of the share-based award.

 

The following weighted-average assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of options granted during the years ended December 31:

 

    2011     2010     2009  

Risk-free interest rate

    2.84     3.09     1.79

Volatility factor

    34.00     34.00     37.00

Dividend yield (annual)

    1.50     —       —  

Weighted-average expected life (years)

    4.0       4.0       4.0  

 

131


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

15. Capital Stock (continued)

 

 

The following weighted-average fair values were determined for the years ending December 31:

 

    2011      2010      2009  

Options granted during the year

  $ 17.84      $ 18.76      $ 9.44  

Restricted stock and stock awards granted during the year

    66.16        61.38        30.52  

Employee stock purchases during the year

    —           8.64        7.08  

 

The binomial lattice option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because our stock option grants have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in our opinion, existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of our stock option grants.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

We have registered 14.0 shares of common stock for the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the Stock Purchase Plan, which was intended to provide a means to encourage and assist employees in acquiring a stock ownership interest in WellPoint. The Stock Purchase Plan was suspended effective January 1, 2011, and no shares were issued or expense recognized during 2011. During 2010 and 2009, 1.0 and 1.2 shares of common stock, respectively, were purchased under the Stock Purchase Plan, resulting in $8.5 and $8.2 of related compensation cost, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, 6.1 shares were available for issuance under the Stock Purchase Plan.

 

Use of Capital-Dividends and Stock Repurchase Program

 

We regularly review the appropriate use of capital, including common stock repurchases and dividends to shareholders. The declaration and payment of any dividends or repurchases of our common stock are at the discretion of our Board of Directors and depends upon our financial condition, results of operations, future liquidity needs, regulatory and capital requirements and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Historically our common stock repurchase program, discussed below, has been our primary use of capital. Beginning in 2011, our Board of Directors established a quarterly shareholder dividend. There were no dividends paid during 2010 or 2009.

 

A summary of the cash dividend activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

Declaration Date

 

Record Date

  

Payment Date

  

Cash Dividend per
Share

  

Total

February 22, 2011

  March 10, 2011    March 25, 2011    $0.25    $92.8

May 17, 2011

  June 10, 2011    June 24, 2011    0.25    91.1

July 26, 2011

  September 9, 2011    September 23, 2011    0.25    88.2

October 25, 2011

  December 9, 2011    December 23, 2011    0.25    85.7

 

On January 24, 2012, the Board of Directors increased the quarterly shareholder cash dividend to $0.2875 per share on the outstanding shares of our common stock. This increased quarterly dividend will be paid on March 23, 2012 to the shareholders of record as of March 9, 2012.

 

132


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

15. Capital Stock (continued)

 

Under our Board of Directors’ authorization, we maintain a common stock repurchase program. Repurchases may be made from time to time at prevailing market prices, subject to certain restrictions on volume, pricing and timing. The repurchases are effected from time to time in the open market, through negotiated transactions, including accelerated share repurchase agreements, and through plans designed to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our stock repurchase program is discretionary as we are under no obligation to repurchase shares. We repurchase shares under the program when we believe it is a prudent use of capital. The excess cost of the repurchased shares over par value is charged on a pro rata basis to additional paid-in capital and retained earnings.

 

A summary of Board of Director share repurchase authorizations for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

Authorization Date

  Amount  

February 3, 2011

  $ 375.0  

February 22, 2011

    1,100.0  

May 17, 2011

    500.0  

August 25, 2011

    250.0  

September 29, 2011

    5,000.0  

 

We expect to utilize unused authorization remaining at December 31, 2011 over a multi-year period, subject to market and industry conditions.

 

A summary of share repurchases for the period January 1, 2012 through February 9, 2012 (subsequent to December 31, 2011) and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

 

    January  1,
2012

Through
February 9,
2012
     Years Ended
December 31
 
     2011      2010  

Shares repurchased

    4.9        44.5        76.7  

Average price per share

  $ 67.77      $ 68.34      $ 56.86  

Aggregate cost

  $ 333.9      $ 3,039.8      $ 4,360.3  

Authorization remaining at the end of each period

  $ 3,999.8      $ 4,333.7      $ 148.5  

 

133


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

A reconciliation of the components of accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31 is as follows:

 

    2011     2010  

Investments:

   

Gross unrealized gains

  $ 1,107.1     $ 1,048.0  

Gross unrealized losses

    (161.6     (134.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net pretax unrealized gains

    945.5       913.5  

Deferred tax liability

    (331.9     (320.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on investments

    613.6       593.0  

Non-credit components of OTTI on investments:

   

Unrealized losses

    (10.3     (9.1

Deferred tax asset

    3.6       3.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized non-credit component of OTTI on investments

    (6.7     (6.0

Cash flow hedges:

   

Gross unrealized losses

    (54.4     (39.1

Deferred tax asset

    19.1       13.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedges

    (35.3     (25.3

Defined benefit pension plans:

   

Deferred net actuarial loss

    (653.7     (460.7

Deferred prior service credits

    4.7       5.5  

Deferred tax asset

    262.8       184.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrecognized periodic benefit costs for defined benefit pension plans

    (386.2     (270.9

Postretirement benefit plans:

   

Deferred net actuarial loss

    (234.5     (191.8

Deferred prior service credits

    116.3        81.4  

Deferred tax asset

    48.0        44.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrecognized periodic benefit costs for postretirement benefit plans

    (70.2     (65.7

Foreign currently translation adjustments:

   

Gross unrealized losses

    (0.5     (0.9

Deferred tax asset

    0.2       0.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses on foreign currency translation adjustment

    (0.3     (0.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

  $ 114.9     $ 224.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

134


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

16. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (continued)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) reclassification adjustments for the years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

    2011     2010     2009  

Investments:

     

Net holding (loss) gain on investment securities arising during the period, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(38.2), $(8.9) and $690.8, respectively

  $ (71.6   $ 24.9     $ 1,310.4  

Reclassification adjustment for net realized gain (loss) on investment securities, net of tax expense (benefit) of $49.6, $54.5 and $(138.6), respectively

    92.2       100.2       (255.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reclassification adjustment on investments

    20.6       125.1       1,055.2  

Non-credit component of OTTI on investments:

     

Cumulative effect on adoption of FASB OTTI guidance, net of tax benefit of $0.0, $0.0 and $54.2, respectively

    —          —          (88.9

Non-credit component of OTTI on investments, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(0.5), $9.0 and $(12.1), respectively

    (0.7     14.7       (20.7

Cash flow hedges:

     

Holding loss, net of tax benefit of $5.3, $8.1 and $1.0, respectively

    (10.0     (14.5     (2.3

Other:

     

Net change in unrecognized periodic benefit costs for defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(81.7), $22.3 and $15.0, respectively

    (119.8     32.9       19.3  

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax expense (benefit) of $0.2, $(0.8) and $0.4, respectively

    0.2       (1.7     1.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) gain recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(75.9), $68.0 and $500.3, respectively

  $ (109.7   $ 156.5     $ 963.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

17. Reinsurance

 

We reinsure certain risks with other companies and assume risk from other companies. We remain primarily liable to policyholders under ceded insurance contracts and are contingently liable for amounts recoverable from reinsurers in the event that such reinsurers do not meet their contractual obligations.

 

We evaluate the financial condition of our reinsurers and monitor concentrations of credit risk arising from similar geographic regions, activities, or economic characteristics of the reinsurers to minimize our exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies.

 

A summary of direct, assumed and ceded premiums written and earned for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

 

    2011     2010     2009  
  Written     Earned     Written     Earned     Written     Earned  

Direct

  $ 56,190.3     $ 55,875.8     $ 54,114.3     $ 53,982.8     $ 56,518.4     $ 56,416.6  

Assumed

    179.9       178.5       86.7       82.7       84.9       76.3  

Ceded

    (84.2     (84.7     (91.3     (91.9     (110.0     (110.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net premiums

  $ 56,286.0     $ 55,969.6     $ 54,109.7     $ 53,973.6     $ 56,493.3     $ 56,382.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage—assumed to net premiums

    0.3     0.3     0.2     0.2     0.2     0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

135


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Reinsurance (continued)

 

A summary of net premiums written and earned by segment (see Note 20, “Segment Information”) for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

    2011      2010      2009  
  Written      Earned      Written      Earned      Written      Earned  

Reportable segments:

                

Commercial

  $ 31,225.5      $ 31,156.0      $ 31,385.8      $ 31,292.0      $ 34,147.6      $ 34,123.6  

Consumer

    17,725.0        17,736.5        16,100.5        16,059.6        16,213.8        16,126.8  

Other

    7,335.5        7,077.1        6,623.4        6,622.0        6,131.9        6,131.6  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net premiums

  $ 56,286.0      $ 55,969.6      $ 54,109.7      $ 53,973.6      $ 56,493.3      $ 56,382.0  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The effect of reinsurance on benefit expense for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

    2011     2010     2009  

Direct

  $ 47,569.8     $ 44,952.8     $ 47,203.3  

Assumed

    165.0        71.0       40.0  

Ceded

    (87.3     (93.4     (121.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net benefit expense

  $ 47,647.5     $ 44,930.4     $ 47,122.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The effect of reinsurance on certain assets and liabilities at December 31 is as follows:

 

    2011      2010  

Policy liabilities, assumed

  $ 70.4      $ 64.1  

Unearned income, assumed

    0.5        0.6  

Premiums payable, ceded

    14.7        23.6  

Premiums receivable, assumed

    18.6        7.2  

 

18. Leases

 

We lease office space and certain computer and related equipment using noncancelable operating leases. At December 31, 2011, future lease payments for operating leases with initial or remaining noncancelable terms of one year or more consist of the following:

 

2012

  $ 110.8  

2013

    104.9  

2014

    99.7  

2015

    85.7  

2016

    65.3  

Thereafter

    229.4  
 

 

 

 

Total minimum payments required

  $ 695.8  
 

 

 

 

 

We have certain lease agreements that contain contingent payment provisions. Under these provisions, we pay contingent amounts in addition to base rent, primarily based upon annual changes in the consumer price index. The schedule above contains estimated amounts for potential future increases in lease payments based on the contingent payment provisions.

 

Lease expense for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $148.6, $187.3 and $220.7, respectively.

 

136


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

19. Earnings per Share

 

The denominator for basic and diluted earnings per share at December 31 is as follows:

 

    2011      2010      2009  

Denominator for basic earnings per share—weighted average shares

    360.2        410.9        476.3  

Effect of dilutive securities—employee and director stock options and non-vested restricted stock awards

    4.9        4.9        4.2  
 

 

 

 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share

    365.1        415.8        480.5  
 

 

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, weighted average shares related to certain stock options of 10.5, 17.4 and 17.9, respectively, were excluded from the denominator for diluted earnings per share because the stock options were anti-dilutive.

 

20. Segment Information

 

Our organizational structure is comprised of three reportable segments: Commercial, Consumer and Other. Our Commercial and Consumer segments both offer a diversified mix of managed care products, including PPOs, HMOs, traditional indemnity benefits and POS plans, as well as a variety of hybrid benefit plans, including CDHPs, hospital only and limited benefit products.

 

Our Commercial segment includes Local Group (including UniCare), National Accounts and certain other ancillary business operations (dental, vision, life and disability and workers’ compensation). Business units in the Commercial segment offer fully-insured products and provide a broad array of managed care services to self-funded customers, including claims processing, underwriting, stop loss insurance, actuarial services, provider network access, medical cost management, disease management, wellness programs and other administrative services.

 

Our Consumer segment includes Senior, State-Sponsored and Individual business. Senior business includes services such as Medicare Advantage (including private fee-for-service plans and special needs plans), Medicare Part D, and Medicare Supplement, while State-Sponsored business includes our managed care alternatives for Medicaid and State Children’s Health Insurance Plan programs. Individual business includes individual customers under age 65 and their covered dependents.

 

Our Other segment includes the Comprehensive Health Solutions business unit, or CHS, that brings together our resources focused on optimizing the quality of health care, the clinical consumer experience and cost of care management. CHS included our PBM business until its sale to Express Scripts on December 1, 2009, and also includes provider relations, care and disease management, employee assistance programs, including behavioral health, radiology benefit management and analytics-driven, evidence-based personal health care guidance. Our Other segment also contains results from our Federal Government Solutions, or FGS, business. FGS business includes FEP and National Government Services, Inc., which acts as a Medicare contractor in several regions across the nation. The Other segment also includes other businesses that do not meet the quantitative thresholds for an operating segment as defined in FASB guidance, as well as intersegment sales and expense eliminations and corporate expenses not allocated to the other reportable segments.

 

We define operating revenues to include premium income, administrative fees and other revenues. Operating revenues are derived from premiums and fees received primarily from the sale and administration of health benefit products. Operating gain is calculated as total operating revenue less benefit expense, selling, general and administrative expense and cost of drugs.

 

137


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Segment Information (continued)

 

Through our participation in various federal government programs, we generated approximately 23%, 22% and 19% of our total consolidated revenues from agencies of the U.S. government for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. These revenues are contained in the Consumer and Other segments.

 

The accounting policies of the segments are consistent with those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1, “Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies,” except that certain shared administrative expenses for each segment are recognized on a pro rata allocated basis, which in aggregate approximates the consolidated expense. Any difference between the allocated expenses and actual consolidated expense is included in other expenses not allocated to reportable segments. Intersegment sales and expenses are recorded at cost and eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. We evaluate performance of the reportable segments based on operating gain or loss as defined above. We evaluate investment income, gain on sale of business, net realized gains on investments, other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income, interest expense, amortization expense and income taxes, and asset and liability details on a consolidated basis as these items are managed in a corporate shared service environment and are not the responsibility of segment operating management.

 

Financial data by reportable segment for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

    Commercial      Consumer      Other and
Eliminations
    Total  

Year ended December 31, 2011

         

Operating revenue from external customers

  $ 34,498.0      $ 17,784.9      $ 7,582.3     $ 59,865.2  

Operating gain

    3,090.5        623.1        68.5       3,782.1  

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

    —           —           300.3       300.3  

Year ended December 31, 2010

         

Operating revenue from external customers

  $ 34,559.3      $ 16,092.6      $ 7,088.6     $ 57,740.5  

Operating gain (loss)

    3,085.7        1,000.6        (8.8     4,077.5  

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

    —           —           297.4       297.4  

Year ended December 31, 2009

         

Operating revenue from external customers

  $ 37,274.8      $ 16,141.8      $ 7,323.4     $ 60,740.0  

Intersegment revenue

    —           —           2,836.6       2,836.6  

Elimination of intersegment revenue

    —           —           (2,836.6     (2,836.6

Operating gain

    2,430.3        1,279.7        469.4       4,179.4  

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

    —           —           291.4       291.4  

 

138


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Segment Information (continued)

 

The major product revenues from external customers for each of the reportable segments for the years ended December 31, are as follows:

 

    2011      2010      2009  

Commercial

       

Managed care products

  $ 30,025.3      $ 30,186.4      $ 32,955.1  

Managed care services

    3,273.5        3,159.2        3,079.3  

Dental/Vision products and services

    826.8        811.4        831.5  

Other

    372.4        402.3        408.9  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial

    34,498.0        34,559.3        37,274.8  

Consumer

       

Managed care products

    17,734.3        16,059.6        16,126.8  

Managed care services

    50.6        33.0        15.0  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Consumer

    17,784.9        16,092.6        16,141.8  

Other

       

Government services

    7,418.0        6,923.8        6,465.9  

Pharmacy products and services

    —           —           681.3  

Other

    164.3        164.8        176.2  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other

    7,582.3        7,088.6        7,323.4  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues from external customers

  $ 59,865.2      $ 57,740.5      $ 60,740.0  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The classification between managed care products and managed care services in the above table primarily distinguishes between the level of risk assumed. Managed care products represent insurance products where we bear the insurance risk, whereas managed care services represent product offerings where we provide claims adjudication and other administrative services to the customer, but the customer principally bears the insurance risk.

 

Asset and equity details by reportable segment have not been disclosed, as we do not internally report such information.

 

A reconciliation of reportable segment operating revenues to the amounts of total revenues included in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

 

    2011     2010     2009  

Reportable segments operating revenues

  $ 59,865.2     $ 57,740.5     $ 60,740.0  

Net investment income

    703.7       803.3       801.0  

Gain on sale of business

    —          —          3,792.3  

Net realized gains on investments

    235.1       194.1       56.4  

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income

    (93.3     (39.4     (450.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

  $ 60,710.7     $ 58,698.5     $ 64,939.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

139


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

20. Segment Information (continued)

 

A reconciliation of reportable segment operating gain to income before income taxes included in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

    2011     2010     2009  

Reportable segments operating gain

  $ 3,782.1     $ 4,077.5     $ 4,179.4  

Net investment income

    703.7       803.3       801.0  

Gain on sale of business

    —          —          3,792.3  

Net realized gains on investments

    235.1       194.1       56.4  

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income

    (93.3     (39.4     (450.2

Interest expense

    (430.3     (418.9     (447.4

Amortization of other intangible assets

    (239.4     (241.7     (266.0

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

    —          (21.1     (262.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

  $ 3,957.9     $ 4,353.8     $ 7,403.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

21. Related Party Transactions

 

WellPoint Foundation, Inc., or the Foundation, is an Indiana non-profit organization exempt from federal taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Foundation was formed to conduct, support and assist charitable, health-related, educational, and other community-based programs and projects. The officers and directors of the Foundation are also our officers. These officers and directors receive no compensation from the Foundation for the management services performed for the Foundation but may be reimbursed by the Foundation for any cash expenditures incurred on behalf of the Foundation. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we received $0.6, $0.6 and $0.6, respectively, from the Foundation for administrative services provided by our associates. Contributions made to the Foundation during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $0.0, $0.0 and $10.0, respectively. The Foundation is not a subsidiary of ours and the financial results of the Foundation are not consolidated with our financial statements. We have no current legal obligations for future commitments to the Foundation.

 

22. Statutory Information (Unaudited)

 

Our insurance and HMO subsidiaries, excluding Blue Cross of California, Golden West Health Plan, Inc. and CareMore Health Plan, report their accounts in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by state insurance regulatory authorities, or statutory, which vary in certain respects from GAAP. Blue Cross of California, Golden West Health Plan, Inc. and CareMore Health Plan are regulated by the California Department of Managed Health Care, or DMHC, and report their accounts in conformity with GAAP (collectively, the “DMHC regulated entities”). Typical differences of GAAP reporting as compared to statutory reporting are the inclusion of unrealized gains or losses relating to fixed maturity securities in shareholders’ equity, recognition of all assets including those that are non-admitted for statutory purposes and recognition of all deferred tax assets without regard to statutory limits. The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, developed a codified version of the statutory accounting principles, designed to foster more consistency among the states for accounting guidelines and reporting.

 

Our insurance and HMO subsidiaries that are subject to statutory reporting are domiciled in various jurisdictions. These subsidiaries prepare statutory financial statements in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the respective jurisdictions’ insurance regulators. Prescribed statutory accounting practices are set forth in a variety of publications of the NAIC as well as state laws, regulations and general administrative rules.

 

140


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

22. Statutory Information (Unaudited) (continued)

 

Our ability to pay dividends and credit obligations is significantly dependent on receipt of dividends from our subsidiaries. The payment of dividends to us by our insurance and HMO subsidiaries without prior approval of the insurance departments of each subsidiary’s domiciliary jurisdiction is limited by formula. Dividends in excess of these amounts are subject to prior approval by the respective state insurance departments or the California Department of Managed Health Care.

 

Our statutory basis insurance and HMO subsidiaries are subject to risk-based capital requirements. Risk-based capital is a method developed by the NAIC to determine the minimum amount of statutory capital appropriate for an insurance company or HMO to support its overall business operations in consideration of its size and risk profile. The formula for determining the amount of risk-based capital specifies various factors, weighted based on the perceived degree of risk, which are applied to certain financial balances and financial activity. Below minimum risk-based capital requirements are classified within certain levels, each of which requires specified corrective action. Additionally, the DMHC regulated entities are subject to capital and solvency requirements as prescribed by the DMHC. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, all of our regulated subsidiaries exceeded the minimum risk-based capital requirements and/or capital and solvency requirements of their applicable governmental regulator.

 

Statutory-basis capital and surplus of our insurance and HMO subsidiaries and capital and surplus of our other regulated subsidiaries, excluding the DMHC regulated entities, was $7,681.5 and $8,089.0 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Statutory-basis net income of our insurance and HMO subsidiaries and net income of our other regulated subsidiaries, excluding the DMHC regulated entities, was $2,402.5, $2,933.8 and $4,643,6 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. GAAP equity of the DMHC regulated entities was $1,304.2 and $1,266.9 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. GAAP net income of the DMHC regulated entities was $524.3, $414.4 and $450.8 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

23. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

Selected quarterly financial data is as follows:

 

    For the Quarter Ended  
    March 31      June 30      September 30      December 31  

2011

          

Total revenues

  $ 14,894.3      $ 15,100.7      $ 15,398.0      $ 15,317.7  

Income before income taxes

    1,427.1        1,007.4        1,045.2        478.2  

Net income

    926.6        701.6        683.2        335.3  

Basic net income per share

    2.48        1.92        1.92        0.97  

Diluted net income per share

    2.44        1.89        1.90        0.96  

2010

          

Total revenues

  $ 15,072.9      $ 14,431.3      $ 14,572.3      $ 14,622.0  

Income before income taxes

    1,335.3        1,129.6        1,136.8        752.1  

Net income

    876.8        722.4        739.1        548.8  

Basic net income per share

    1.99        1.73        1.86        1.41  

Diluted net income per share

    1.96        1.71        1.84        1.40  

 

141


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc.

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

24. Subsequent Events

 

We have evaluated subsequent events for recognition or disclosure in our consolidated financial statements filed on Form 10-K with the SEC and no events, other than those described in these notes, have occurred that require disclosure.

 

142


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

 

There have been no changes in or disagreements with our independent registered public accounting firm on accounting or financial disclosures.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We carried out an evaluation as of December 31, 2011, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to us (including our consolidated subsidiaries) required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act. In addition, based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management, under the supervision and with the participation of the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of WellPoint, Inc., or the Company, is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, or Internal Control, as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s Internal Control is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The Company’s Internal Control includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of inherent limitations in any Internal Control, no matter how well designed, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Accordingly, even effective Internal Control can provide only reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

 

Management, under the supervision and with the participation of the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s Internal Control as of December 31, 2011. Management’s assessment was based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

Based on management’s assessment, management has concluded that the Company’s Internal Control was effective as of December 31, 2011 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

 

143


Table of Contents

Ernst & Young LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2011, and has also issued an audit report dated February 22, 2012, on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, which is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

/s/     ANGELA F. BRALY   /s/     WAYNE S. DEVEYDT
Chair of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer
  Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Shareholders and Board of Directors

WellPoint, Inc.

 

We have audited WellPoint, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). WellPoint, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

144


Table of Contents

In our opinion, WellPoint, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of WellPoint, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 of WellPoint, Inc. and our report dated February 22, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana

February 22, 2012

 

145


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The information required by this Item concerning our Executive Officers, Directors and nominees for Director, Audit Committee members and financial expert(s) and concerning disclosure of delinquent filers under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act and our Standards of Business Conduct is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of our last fiscal year.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this Item concerning remuneration of our Executive Officers and Directors, material transactions involving such Executive Officers and Directors and Compensation Committee interlocks, as well as the Compensation Committee Report, are incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of our last fiscal year.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The information required by this Item concerning the stock ownership of management and five percent beneficial owners and securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of our last fiscal year.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The information required by this Item concerning certain relationships and related person transactions and director independence is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of our last fiscal year.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this Item concerning principal accounting fees and services is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of our last fiscal year.

 

146


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) 1. Financial Statements:

 

The following consolidated financial statements of the Company are set forth in Part II, Item 8.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009

 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

2. Financial Statement Schedule:

 

The following financial statement schedule of the Company is included in Item 15(c):

 

Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only).

 

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable, or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements, and therefore, have been omitted.

 

3. Exhibits:

 

A list of exhibits required to be filed as part of this report is set forth in the Index to Exhibits, which immediately precedes such exhibits, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Exhibits

 

The response to this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section of this report.

 

(c) Financial Statement Schedule

 

Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only).

 

147


Table of Contents

Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

 

WellPoint, Inc. (Parent Company Only)

 

Balance Sheets

 

(In millions, except share data)   December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
 
            

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,087.4      $ 605.7  

Investments available-for-sale, at fair value:

    

Fixed maturity securities (amortized cost of $1,511.9 and $2,499.4)

    1,573.3        2,628.1  

Equity securities (cost of $57.8 and $49.1)

    73.7        69.3  

Other invested assets, current

    1.8        6.4  

Other receivables

    39.3        62.8  

Income taxes receivable

    11.6        46.9  

Net due from subsidiaries

    742.2        245.0  

Securities lending collateral

    101.8        119.1  

Deferred tax assets, net

    —           10.4  

Other current assets

    167.9        132.8  
 

 

 

 

Total current assets

    3,799.0        3,926.5  

Long-term investments available-for-sale, at fair value:

    

Equity securities (cost of $6.9 and $7.0)

    6.9        7.0  

Other invested assets, long-term

    500.1        433.1  

Property and equipment, net

    6.2        8.8  

Deferred tax assets, net

    279.8        334.2  

Investments in subsidiaries

    28,685.2        28,354.3  

Other noncurrent assets

    120.3        103.3  
 

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 33,397.5      $ 33,167.2  
 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    

Liabilities

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 406.1      $ 427.8  

Deferred tax liabilities, net

    14.5        —     

Security trades pending payable

    14.1        27.1  

Securities lending payable

    101.8        119.1  

Current portion of long-term debt

    822.8        700.0  

Other current liabilities

    143.5        184.4  
 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    1,502.8        1,458.4  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    8,395.8        7,667.8  

Other noncurrent liabilities

    210.7        228.4  
 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    10,109.3        9,354.6  
 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies—Note 5

    

Shareholders’ equity

    

Preferred stock, without par value, shares authorized—100,000,000; shares issued and outstanding—none

    —           —     

Common stock, par value $0.01, shares authorized—900,000,000; shares issued and outstanding: 339,372,680 and 377,736,929

    3.4        3.8  

Additional paid-in capital

    11,679.2        12,862.6  

Retained earnings

    11,490.7        10,721.6  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    114.9        224.6  
 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    23,288.2        23,812.6  
 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 33,397.5      $ 33,167.2  
 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

148


Table of Contents

WellPoint, Inc. (Parent Company Only)

 

Statements of Income

 

(In millions)   Years ended December 31  
    2011     2010     2009  

Revenues

     

Net investment income

  $ 116.6     $ 53.9     $ 35.8  

Net realized losses on investments

    (17.9     (58.0     (1.6

Other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments:

     

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on investments

    (18.3     (15.2     (47.8

Portion of other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income

    0.3       0.2       6.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income

    (18.0     (15.0     (41.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other revenue

    3.1       3.2       0.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    83.8       (15.9     (6.6

Expenses

     

General and administrative expense

    53.4       105.5       116.4  

Interest expense

    407.3       394.4       419.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    460.7       499.9       535.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax credits and equity in net income of subsidiaries

    (376.9     (515.8     (542.2

Income tax credits

    (207.0     (239.8     (227.8

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

    2,816.6       3,163.1       5,060.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 2,646.7     $ 2,887.1     $ 4,745.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

149


Table of Contents

Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (continued)

 

WellPoint, Inc. (Parent Company Only)

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

(In millions)   Years ended December 31  
    2011     2010     2009  

Operating activities

     

Net income

  $ 2,646.7     $ 2,887.1     $ 4,745.9  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Distributed (undistributed) earnings of subsidiaries

    399.3       (417.1     602.4  

Net realized losses on investments

    17.9       58.0       1.6  

Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in income

    18.0       15.0       41.2  

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

    —          (0.8     1.3  

Deferred income taxes

    95.3       0.6       11.2  

Amortization, net of accretion

    3.1       27.1       (1.6

Depreciation

    0.3       0.3       0.3  

Share-based compensation

    134.8       136.0       153.6  

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

    (42.2     (28.1     (9.6

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of business combinations:

     

Receivables, net

    13.5       23.3       (62.2

Other invested assets, current

    4.6       2.9       (2.2

Other assets

    (52.0     (33.0     (13.5

Amounts due (from) to subsidiaries

    (497.2     (25.0     949.4  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    1.5       (3.6     144.8  

Other liabilities

    (0.9     (109.3     124.4  

Income taxes

    35.3       67.9       84.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    2,778.0       2,601.3       6,771.0  

Investing activities

     

Purchases of investments

    (2,778.3     (4,329.0     (1,052.8

Proceeds from sales, maturities and redemptions of investments

    3,689.6       2,924.2       144.5  

Capitalization of subsidiaries

    (832.1     (31.1     (6.4

Change in securities lending collateral

    17.3       (86.2     (14.7

Purchases of property and equipment, net

    2.3       (5.0     —     

Other, net

    (49.6     (114.4     (68.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    49.2       (1,641.5     (997.8

Financing activities

     

Net payments of commercial paper borrowings

    463.7       (164.4     (397.0

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

    1,097.4       988.5       990.3  

Repayment of long-term borrowings

    (700.0     (433.1     (906.2

Changes in securities lending payable

    (17.3     86.2       14.7  

Change in bank overdrafts

    (66.9     39.0       (17.1

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    (3,039.8     (4,360.3     (2,638.4

Cash dividends

    (369.8     —          —     

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options

    245.0       143.6       126.5  

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

    42.2       28.1       9.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

    (2,345.5     (3,672.4     (2,817.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    481.7       (2,712.6     2,955.6  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    605.7       3,318.3       362.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 1,087.4     $ 605.7     $ 3,318.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

150


Table of Contents

Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (continued)

 

WellPoint, Inc.

(Parent Company Only)

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

 

December 31, 2011

(In Millions, Except Per Share Data)

 

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

 

In the parent company only financial statements of WellPoint, Inc., or WellPoint, WellPoint’s investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of the subsidiaries. WellPoint’s share of net income of its unconsolidated subsidiaries is included in income using the equity method of accounting.

 

Certain amounts presented in the parent company only financial statements are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements of WellPoint.

 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 

WellPoint’s parent company only financial statements should be read in conjunction with WellPoint’s audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included in this Form 10-K.

 

2. Subsidiary Transactions

 

Dividends from Subsidiaries

 

WellPoint received cash dividends from subsidiaries of $2,915.9, $2,746.0, and $5,662.7 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. In addition, WellPoint recorded a dividend receivable from a subsidiary of $300.0 at December 31, 2011, which was received in January 2012.

 

Dividends to Subsidiaries

 

Certain subsidiaries of WellPoint own shares of WellPoint common stock. WellPoint paid cash dividends to subsidiaries related to these shares of common stock in the amount of $12.0 during 2011. WellPoint did not pay any cash dividends on its common stock during 2010 or 2009.

 

Investment in Subsidiaries

 

Capital contributions to subsidiaries were $832.1, $31.1, and $6.4 during 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

 

Amounts Due to and From Subsidiaries

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, WellPoint reported $742.2 and $245.0 due from subsidiaries, respectively. These amounts consisted principally of administrative expenses and are routinely settled, and as such, are classified as current assets. The balance at December 31, 2011 also included the $300.0 subsidiary dividend receivable described above.

 

Sale of PBM Business

 

On December 1, 2009, certain subsidiaries of WellPoint sold their pharmacy benefits management subsidiaries to Express Scripts, Inc. and received $4,675.0 in cash. The pre-tax and after-tax gains on the sale were $3,792.3 and $2,361.2, respectively. The after-tax gain of $2,361.2 is included as equity in net income of subsidiaries in WellPoint’s parent company only income statement.

 

151


Table of Contents

Schedule II—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (continued)

 

WellPoint, Inc.

(Parent Company Only)

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The information regarding derivative financial instruments contained in Note 6, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of WellPoint and its subsidiaries is incorporated herein by reference.

 

4. Long-Term Debt

 

The information regarding long-term debt contained in Note 13, “Debt” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of WellPoint and its subsidiaries is incorporated herein by reference.

 

5. Commitments and Contingencies

 

The information regarding commitments and contingencies contained in Note 14, “Commitments and Contingencies,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of WellPoint and its subsidiaries is incorporated herein by reference.

 

6. Capital Stock

 

The information regarding capital stock contained in Note 15, “Capital Stock,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of WellPoint and its subsidiaries is incorporated herein by reference.

 

152


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

WELLPOINT, INC.
By:   /s/    ANGELA F. BRALY        
  Angela F. Braly
Chair of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer

 

Dated: February 22, 2012

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    ANGELA F. BRALY        

Angela F. Braly

  

Chair of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

February 22, 2012

/s/    WAYNE S. DEVEYDT        

Wayne S. DeVeydt

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

February 22, 2012

/s/    JOHN E. GALLINA        

John E. Gallina

  

Senior Vice President, Controller, Chief Accounting Officer and Chief Risk Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

February 22, 2012

/s/    LENOX D. BAKER,  JR., M.D.        

Lenox D. Baker, Jr., M.D.

  

Director

 

February 22, 2012

/s/    SUSAN B. BAYH        

Susan B. Bayh

  

Director

 

February 22, 2012

/s/    SHEILA P. BURKE        

Sheila P. Burke

  

Director

 

February 22, 2012

/s/    ROBERT L. DIXON, JR.        

Robert L. Dixon, Jr.

  

Director

 

February 22, 2012

/s/    JULIE A. HILL        

Julie A. Hill

  

Director

 

February 22, 2012

/s/    WARREN Y. JOBE        

Warren Y. Jobe

  

Director

 

February 22, 2012

/s/    RAMIRO G. PERU        

Ramiro G. Peru

  

Director

 

February 22, 2012

/s/    WILLIAM J. RYAN        

William J. Ryan

  

Director

 

February 22, 2012

/s/    GEORGE A. SCHAEFER, JR.        

George A. Schaefer, Jr.

  

Director

 

February 22, 2012

/s/    JACKIE M. WARD        

Jackie M. Ward

  

Director

 

February 22, 2012

 

153


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number
    

Exhibit

  2.1       Stock and Interest Purchase Agreement dated April 9, 2009, by and between the Company and Express Scripts, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 13, 2009.
  3.1       Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended effective May 17, 2011, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 20, 2011.
  3.2       By-laws of the Company, as amended effective December 9, 2010, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 13, 2010.
  4.1       Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended effective May 17, 2011 (Included in Exhibit 3.1).
  4.2       By-laws of the Company, as amended effective December 9, 2010 (Included in Exhibit 3.2).
  4.3       Specimen of Certificate of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on December 28, 2005 (Registration No. 333-130743).
  4.4       Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, SEC File No. 001-16751.
  

(a)    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 31, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York, Trustee, establishing 6.800% Notes due 2012, incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.14 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, SEC File No. 001-16751.

  

(b)    Form of 6.800% Note due 2012 (Included in Exhibit 4.4(a)), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002, SEC File No. 001-16751.

  4.5       Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of June 8, 2001, by and between WellPoint Health Networks Inc. (as predecessor by merger to Anthem Holding Corp., “WellPoint Health”) and The Bank of New York, as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to WellPoint Health’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 12, 2001, SEC File No. 001-13083.
  

(a)    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 30, 2004, between Anthem Holding Corp. and The Bank of New York, as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, SEC File No. 001-16751.

  

(b)    Form of Note evidencing WellPoint Health’s 6 3/8% Notes due 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to WellPoint Health’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 16, 2002, SEC File No. 001-13083.

  4.6       Indenture, dated as of December 9, 2004, between the Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 15, 2004, SEC File No. 001-16751.
  

(a)    Form of the Company’s 5.000% Notes due 2014 (included in Exhibit 4.6).

  

(b)    Form of the Company’s 5.950% Notes due 2034 (included in Exhibit 4.6).

 

154


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
    

Exhibit

  4.7       Indenture, dated as of January 10, 2006, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 11, 2006, SEC File No. 001-16751.
  

(a)    Form of 5.25% Notes due 2016, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 11, 2006, SEC File No. 001-16751.

  

(b)    Form of 5.85% Notes due 2036, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 11, 2006, SEC File No. 001-16751.

  

(c)    Form of 5.875% Notes due 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 8, 2007.

  

(d)    Form of 6.375% Notes due 2037, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 8, 2007.

  

(e)    Form of 6.000% Notes due 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2009.

  

(f)     Form of 7.000% Notes due 2019, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2009.

  

(g)    Form of 4.350% Notes due 2020, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 12, 2010.

  

(h)    Form of 5.800% Notes due 2040, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 12, 2010.

  

(i)     Form of 2.375% Notes due 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 15, 2011.

  

(j)     Form of 3.700% Notes due 2021, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 15, 2011.

  4.8       Upon the request of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company will furnish copies of any other instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the Company or its subsidiaries.
  10.1    Anthem 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2003, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(iii) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, SEC File No. 001-16751.
  

(a)    Form of Stock Incentive Plan General Stock Option Grant Agreement as of March 1, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(b) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, SEC File No. 001-16751.

  10.2    WellPoint Incentive Compensation Plan as amended and restated effective May 20, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed June 8, 2009.
  

(a)    First Amendment to WellPoint Incentive Compensation Plan effective December 8, 2010, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

  

(b)    Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58(a) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.

 

155


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
    

Exhibit

  

(c)    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58(f) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2006.

  

(d)    Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(j) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007.

  

(e)    Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for 2008 under the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(k) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.

  

(f)     Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for 2009 under the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(m) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.

  

(g)    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement for 2009 under the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(n) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.

  

(h)    Form of Performance Share Award Agreement for 2009 under the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(o) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.

  

(i)     Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(o) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

  

(j)     Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(p) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

  

(k)    Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Performance Share Award Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(q) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.

  

(l)     Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(r) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011.

  

(m)   Form of Incentive Compensation Plan Performance Share Award Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(s) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011.

  

(n)    Form of Amendment to the Incentive Compensation Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for 2009 (Exhibit 10.2(g)) and 2010 (Exhibit 10.2(j)).

  

(o)    Form of Amendment to the Incentive Compensation Plan Performance Share Award Agreement for 2009 (Exhibit 10.2(h)) and 2010 (Exhibit 10.2(k)).

  10.3    WellPoint, Inc. Comprehensive Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2011, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

156


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
    

Exhibit

  10.4*       WellPoint, Inc. Executive Agreement Plan, amended and restated effective January 1, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
  

(a)    Amendment to the WellPoint, Inc. Executive Agreement Plan effective as of April 1, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(a) of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009.

  

(b)    Second Amendment to the WellPoint, Inc. Executive Agreement Plan effective as of March 1, 2011 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(b) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2011.

  10.5*       WellPoint, Inc. Executive Salary Continuation Plan effective January 1, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006, SEC File No. 001-016751.
  10.6*       WellPoint Directed Executive Compensation Plan amended effective January 1, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009.
  10.7*       WellPoint, Inc. Board of Directors Compensation Program, as amended effective May 18, 2011, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011.
  10.8*       WellPoint Board of Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
  10.9*       WellPoint Health Networks Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended through December 6, 2000), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to WellPoint Health’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, SEC File No. 001-13083.
  

(a)    Form of WellPoint Health Networks Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan Notice of Grant of Stock Option and Stock Option Agreement, revised December 2001, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to WellPoint Health’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, SEC File No. 001-13083.

  

(b)    Form of WellPoint Health Networks Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan Notice of Grant of Stock Option and Stock Option Agreement, revised September 2003, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to WellPoint Health’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, SEC File No. 001-13083.

  

(c)    Form of WellPoint Health Networks Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan Notice of Automatic Grant of Stock Option, Notice of Annual Automatic Grant of Stock Option, Notice of Grant of Stock Option and Automatic Stock Option Agreement for Non-Employee Directors, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.09 to WellPoint Health’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, SEC File No. 001-13083.

  10.10*       RightCHOICE Managed Care, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as restated effective October 10, 2001, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.06 to WellPoint Health’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2002, SEC File No. 001-13083.

 

157


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
    

Exhibit

  10.11    Employment Agreement between WellPoint, Inc. and Angela F. Braly, dated as of February 24, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2007.
  

(a)    Amendment to Employment Agreement between WellPoint, Inc. and Angela F. Braly effective as of January 1, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.

  

(b)    Second Amendment to the Employment Agreement between WellPoint, Inc. and Angela F. Braly effective as of March 8, 2011, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11(b) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2011.

  10.12    Employment Agreement between Anthem Insurance Companies, Inc. and Samuel R. Nussbaum, M.D., dated as of January 2, 2001 (with respect to Section 5(b) only), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-67714).
  

(a)    Amendment dated September 30, 2011 to Employment Agreement between Anthem Insurance Companies, Inc. and Samuel R. Nussbaum, M.D., dated as of January 2, 2001, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.

  10.13   

(a)    Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and each of the following: Randal Brown; Ken R. Goulet; and, Samuel R. Nussbaum, M.D., incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.43 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, SEC File No. 001-16751.

  

(b)    Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and each of the following: Lori Beer; Wayne S. DeVeydt; and, Brian Sassi, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2006, SEC File No. 001-16751.

  

(c)    Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and each of the following: John Cannon and Harlan Levine, M.D., incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007.

  10.14       Blue Cross License Agreement by and between Blue Cross Blue Shield Association and the Company, including revisions, if any, adopted by the Member Plans through November 18, 2010, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.
  10.15       Blue Shield License Agreement by and between Blue Cross Blue Shield Association and the Company, including revisions, if any, adopted by the Member Plans through November 18, 2010, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.
  10.16       Undertakings to California Department of Insurance, dated November 8, 2004, delivered by WellPoint Health, BC Life, Anthem, Inc. and Anthem Holding Corp., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 10, 2004, SEC File No. 001-13083.
  10.17       Undertakings to California Department of Managed Health Care, dated November 23, 2004, delivered by WellPoint Health, Golden West, Anthem, Inc. and Anthem Holding Corp, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 30, 2004, SEC File No. 001-16751.

 

158


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
    

Exhibit

  10.18       Undertakings, dated July 31, 1997, by WellPoint Health, Blue Cross of California and WellPoint California Services, Inc. to the California Department of Corporations, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.12 to WellPoint Health’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 5, 1997, SEC File No. 001-13083.
  21       Subsidiaries of the Company.
  23       Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  31.1       Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act Rules, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31.2       Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Exchange Act Rules, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.1       Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.2       Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  101       The following materials from WellPoint, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity; (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and (vi) Financial Statement Schedule II.

 

* Indicates management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

 

159